Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 256

NASA

Technical

A Design
Phase
and

Paper

Handbook

Change
Energy

William

R.

George

C.

Marshall

1074

for

Thermal
Storage

Devices

Humphries
Marshal/

Space

Flight

Space

Flight

Center,

Tennessee
Cookeville,

I.

Griggs
Technological
Tennessee

NA.q&
National Aeronautics
and Space Administration
Scientific and Technical
Information Office
1977

Center

Alabama

and
Edwin

Control

University

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors
wish to recognize
a number
of contributors
whose
aid was
instrumental
in completing
this work. Dr. John Bailey of North Carolina State University
is due a special
debt
of gratitude
for his extensive
efforts
in paraffin
properties
investigations,
excerpts
of which are given in Section II. Dr. Donald Pitts of Tennessee
Technological
University
is due special recognition
for his work during two summers
at
the Marsnall
Space
Flight
Center,
under
the auspices
of the American
Society
tol
Engineering
Education.
During this period he made valuable contributions
to verification
of nondimensional
computer
modeling
and contributed
to parametric
studies given in
Section
IV. In addition,
a number
of graduate
students
at Tennessee
Technolegical
University
contributed
to certain
phases of this work, particularly
to the large body of
computer
runs required to amass the data given in Section IV.
It should be noted that the entire study was made possible by sustaining research
funds supplied
by the Marshall
Space Flight Center of the National
Aeronautics
and
Space Administration
through
basic research
and Skylab project
funding
and later by
funds supplied from the Energy Research
and Development
Administration
via the Solar
Heating and Cooling Program Office of the Marshall Space Flight Center.

TABLE

OF CONTENTS

Page
l

lI.

III.

IV.

V,

INTRODUCTION

.......................

A.

Definition

B.
C.
D.

Applications
.......................
Phase Change Material
...................
Scope of Study
......................

PROPERTY

........................

DATA

.......................

Availability,

A.

Sources,

and Estimated

B.
C.

Melting and Transition


Temperatures
..............
Heat of Fusion and tteat of Transition
.............

D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

Specific Heat
.......................
Density
.......
: .................
Thermal Conductivity
....................
Viscosity
.........................
Surface Tension
......................

I.

Coefficiept

of Expansion

TWO-DIMENSIONAL

Cost of Selected

..................

ANALYSIS

OF A PHASE

A.

Introduction

B.
C.
D.

Physical Model
.................
Differential
Formulation
...................
Finite Difference
Formulation
................

GENERAL

PARAMETRIC

STUDY

Introduction

B.
C.

Scope and Definitions


....................
Results
.........................

D.

Examples

......................

B -

APPEND1X

THERMAL

RESISTANCE

37
4O
43
47

146

Example Application
with a Nontmiform
Condition
........................
- PROPERTY

37

62

.........................

TOPICS

6
I0
10
10
20
20
29
29
29

62
62
65
142

C.

APPENDIX

.....

.......................

Filler
..........................
Convection
........................

I)EVICE

................

A.
B.

APPENDIX

CHANGE

.......................

A.

RELATED

Paraffins

146
148
Thermal

Boundary
159

................
VARIATION

nl

167
.........

192

TABLE

OF CONTENTS

(Concluded)

Page
APPENDIX

APPENDIX

REFERENCES

C - COMPUTER
IN SECTION

PROGRAM
FOR
V
...................

D - COMPUTER
PROGRAM
EXPLICIT
NUMERICAL

.....

EXAMPLE

DESCRIBED
197

USED TO FACILITATE
STUDY
............

iv

THE
206

233

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Title

Figure

Page

1.

Responses

2.

A phase change

3.

Correlation
of phase change temperature
atoms in the chain
.....................

of a phase change
device

device

...............

...................
with number

14

Correlation
of heat of fusion with number
the chain .........................
Correlation
of heat of transition
the chain .........................
Example illustrating
effect
for hexadecane-octadecane

of carbon

of carbon

atoms

in
16

with number of carbon

atoms

in
17

of composition
binary system

of heats of phase change


............

17

Specific

heat versus temperature

for C t _H24, C_ 2H26, and C a3H2 s

18

8.

Specific

heat

for C a4H30,

19

9.

Specific

heat' versus temperature

10.

Specific

heat

of tetradecane

(Ca4H3o)

.............

21

11.

Specific

heat

of hexadecane

(C_ 6H34)

.............

22

12.

Specific

heat of octadecane

(C _8 H38 )

.............

23

13.

Specific

heat of eicosane

14.

Liquid phase density

15.

Density

of te tradecane

(Ca 4 H30 )

...............

27

1O.

Density

of hexadecane

(C a 6 H34)

...............

27

17.

Density

of octadecane

(Ca 8 H38 )

...............

28

18.

Density

of eicosane

19.

Thermal

versus temperature

conductivity

for C 2 s Hs 2 ...........

(C2 o H42 )

of several

(C 2 o H42 )

Ca 5H32, and C_ 6H34

..............

paraffins

.............

................

of tetradecane

(C_ 4H30 ) ..........

20

24
26

28
30

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

(Continued)

Title

Figure

Page

20.

Thermal conductivity

of hexadecane

(Ca 6 Ha 4 ) ..........

31

21.

lq_ermal

of octadecane

(Ca a Ha s )

32

22.

Thermal conductivity
of eicosane (C2 o H42 ) extrapolated
for lower carbon number paraffins
...............

23.

conductivity

Correlation
paraffins

24.

of thermal
(CnH2n+2)

conductivity

..........

data for normal


34

C= a H24 through

C20 H42 versus


35

25.

Surface

tension forCl

26.

General

designations

27.

Phase change device application

28.

Typical single cell of phase change

29.

Symmetrical

30.

Coordinate

system and dimensions

for fin

31.

Coordinate

system and dimensions

for base

32.

Nodal grid designation

33.

Latent energy storage per unit base area versus


thickness of 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) ...............

fin height

Latent energy storage per unit base area versus


thickness of 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
...............

fin height

34.

35.

36.

37.

33

....................

Absolute viscosity of paraffins


temperature
........................

halt-cell

from data

1H24 through
for nodes

C2oH42

and connecting
selected

used in analysis

conductances

for study

device

36

...........
.....

38
40

.........

41

............

42

..............

44

............

45

...........

47

....................
tor fin

66

Latent energy storage per unit base area versus fin height
thickness of 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) ................

for fin
67
lbr fin
68

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus W for
H = 1.26 cm (0.5 in,) and S: --' 0,127 cm (0.05 in.) .........

69

Base temperature
rise of the termination
at melting versus W for
H = 2.54 cm (1.0 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) .........

7O

vi

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure
38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49,

50.

51.

(Continued)

Title

Page

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus W for
H -- 5.08 cm (2.0 in.) and S 2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) .........

71

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus W for
H = 10.16 cm (4.0 in.) and S_ = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) ........

72

Base temperature
nse at the termination
of melting versus W for
H = 20.32 cm (8.0 in.) and $2 = O. 127 cm (0,05 in.)
........

73

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus W for
H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
........

74

Base temperature
rise at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 2.54 cm (1.0 in.) and $2 = 0,0508 cm (0,02 in.)
........

75

Base temperature
rise at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 5.08 cm (2.0 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
........

76

Base temperature
rise at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 10.16 cm (4.0 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0,02 in.) ........

77

Base temperature
nse at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 20.32 cm (8.0 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.) ........

78

Base temperature
nse at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)
.......

79

Base temperature
rise at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 2,54 cm (1.0 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)
.......

80

Base temperature
rise at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 5.08 cm (2.0 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) ........

81

Base temperature
nse at termination
of melting versus W for
H = 10.16 cm (4.0 in.) and S_ -- 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) .......

82

Base temperature
nse at termination of melting versus W for
H = 20.32 cm (8.0 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) .......

83

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus I-f for
_t''= 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0127 cm
(0.005 in.)
........................

84

vii

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure
52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

(Continued)

Title

Page

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
_1''= 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.0508 cm
(0.020 in.)
........................

85

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
_1" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.127 cm
(0.050 in.)
........................

86

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
el" = 2152.8 J/s-m 2 (682.9 Btu/h-ft 2) and S 2 = 0.0127 cm
(0.005 in.)
........................

87

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
_t" = 2152.8 J/s-m 2 (682.9 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.0508 cm
(0.020 in.)
........................

88

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
_l''= 2152.8 J/s-m 2 (682.9 Btu/h-ft 2) and S 2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
_1" = 4305.6 J/s-m 2 (1365.7 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0127 cm
(0.005 in.)
....................
,

89

90

Base temperature
nse at the termination
of melting versus H for
_l''= 4305.6 J/s-m 2 (1365.7 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0508 cm
(0.020 in.)
........................

91

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of.melting
versus H for
_t" = 4305.6 J/s-m 2 (1365.7 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.127 cm
(0.050 in.)
........................

92

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
c]''= 6458.3 J/s-m 2 (2048.6 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0127 cm
(0.005 in.)
........................

93

Base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting versus H for
_l" = 6458.3 J/s-m 2 (2048.6 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0508 cm
(0.020 in.)
........................

94

Base temperature
nse at the termination
of melting versus H for
tl" = 6458.3 J/s-m 2 (2048.6 Btu/h-ft 2) and $2 = 0.127 cm
(0.050 in.)
........................

95

...

VIII

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure
63.

(Continued)

Title

Page

Transient base temperature rise versus


H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) and $2 = 0.0127

fraction of PCM melted


cm (0.005 in.) ........

for

Transient base temperature


rise versus
H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) and $2 = 0.0508

fraction of PCM melted


cm (0,020 in.) ........

for

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H= 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) .........

for

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H= 2.54cm
(1 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in,)
........

for

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H = 2.54 cm (1 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.020 in,)
........

for

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H = 2.54 cm (1 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
.........

for

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H = 5.08 cm (2 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in,)
........

for

Transient base temperature rise versus fraction


H = 5.08 cm (2 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02

of PCM melted
in.) .........

for

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H = 5.08 cm (2 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
.........

for

72.

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H = 10.16 cm (4 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) ........

for

73.

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H--- 10.16 cm (4 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0,02 in.)
........

for

Transient
base temperature
rise versus fraction
H = 10.16 cm (4 in.) and $2 = O. 127 cm (0.05

of PCM melted
in.) .........

for

75.

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H = 20.32 cm (8 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) ........

for

76.

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
H = 20.32 cm (8 in.) and S 2 = 0,0508 cm (0.02 in.)
........

for

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

71.

74.

ix

97

98

99

I00

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Title

Figure
77.

78.

79.

80.

81.

82.

83.

84.

86.

88.

89.

for
111

112

Time required for PCM to melt for _l" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2


(341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
.........

113

Time required for PCM to melt for q" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2


(341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0,05 in.) ..........

114

Time required for PCM to melt for q"= 2152.8 J/s-m 2


(682.9 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) .........

115

Time required for PCM to melt for q"= 2152.8 J/s-m 2


(682.9 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
.........

116

Time required for PCM to melt for q" = 2152.8 J/s-m 2


(682.9 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) ..........

117

Time required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM to melt for ci" ---4305.6


2 ) and $2 = 0.0127

cm (0.005

J/s-m 2
in.)

118

........

Time required for PCM to melt for c_" = 4305,6 J/s-m 2


(341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
.........
Time required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM to melt and q" = 4305.6


2 ) and $2 = 0.127

cm (0.05

119

J/s-m 2

in.)

120

.........

Time required for PCM to melt for _1" = 6458.3 J/s-m 2


(2048.6 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0,0127 cm (0.005 in.)
........

121

Time required for PCM to melt for q" = 6458.3 J/s-m 2


(2048.6 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.) .........

122

Time

required

(2048.6
90.

of PCM melted
in.) .........

Time required for PCM to melt for Cl" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2


(341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) .........

(1365.7
87.

Page

Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction
H = 20.32 cm (8 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05

(1365,7
85.

(Continued)

Btu/h-ft

for PCM to melt for q" = 6458.3


2 ) and $2 = 0.127

cm (0.05

J/s-m 2

in.)

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0.127


and S 2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) ................

.........
cm (0.05

123
in.)
124

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure
91.

92.

93.

94.

95.

96.

97.

98.

99.

I00.

101.

102.

103.

104.

(Continued)

Title
Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0,127
and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.) .................

Page
cm (0.05

in.)
125

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = O. 127 can (0.05
and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) .................

in.)
126

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0.254


and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)
................

cm (0.1 in.)

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0,254


and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.) .................

cm (0.1 in.)

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0.254


and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
.................

can (0.1 ira.)

Energy ratio versus heat l]ux density for W = 0.508


and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)
................

can (0.2 in.)

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0.508


and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in,) .................

can (0.2

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0,508


and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
.................

cm (0.2 in.)

127

128

129

130
in.)

131

132

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 1.016 cm (0.4 in.)
and $2 = 0.0127 can (0.005 in.)
................

133

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 1.016 cm (0.4 in.)
and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0,02 in,) .................

134

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 1,016 cm (0.4 in,)
and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
..................

135

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 2,032 cm (0.8 in,)
and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0,005 in.)
................

136

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 2,032


and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in,) .................

cm (0.8 in.)
137

Encrgy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 2.032


and S 2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
.................

cm (0.8 in.)

xi

137

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure
105.
106.
107.
108.

Title

Page

Base temperature
rise versus W for three different fusion temperatures
and H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) .......

139

Base temperature
rise versus W for three different
fusion temperatures
and H = 2.54 cm (1.0 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) .......

140

Base temperature
rise versus W for three different
fusion temperatures
and H = 5.08 cm (2.0 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) .......

141

Silveston's
in various

149

experimental
results
liquids ......................

in the neighborhood

109.

Region of influence

110.

Surface

tension

111.

Volume

change driven

112,

Heat transfer

113.

Zero-g ullage configurations

114.

Comparison
between predicted
and measured
for an example melt run ...................

115.

(Continued)

of L/d on heat transfer


..............

150

flow patterns

..............

152

characteristics

116.

Nodal pattern

117.

Example exit temperature


at inlet ..........................
Physical

of B_nard

cells

B-2.

Simplified

B-3.

Variation
thickness

thermal

...........

154
155

.................

for calculating

model

149

...........

patterns

convection

Physical model for heat transfer between


and a flowing fluid .....................

B-1.

of instability

front

location
158

a phase change device

bulk temperature

variations

fusion

161
of flowing

for a sinusoidal

fluid

163

temperature
165

......................
network

....

192
193

..................

of equivalent
thermal resistance with height
of 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.) ...............

xii

for a fin
194

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

B-5.

D-I.

Pagc

Title

Figure
B-4.

(Concluded)

Variation
thickness

of equivalent
thermal resistance with height
of 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
............

for a fin

Variation
thickness

of equivalent
thermal resistance with height
of 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) ................

for a fin

Skelton

flow chart

195

196
224

.....................

xiii

LIST OF TABLES

Table

Title

1.

Potential

2.

Capabilities

3.

Some Approximate

4.

Melting and Transition


Eleven Through Thirty

Fusion

Suppliers

of Selected

of Potential

Temperature

of Selected

Paraffins

for Selected

Comparison
of Heat of Fusion
Paraffins
.........................

Temperatures

Paraffins

for Certain

Paraffins

Heat Data for Certain

10.

Thermal

Conductivity

11.

Volumetric

12.

Computer
Density

Containing
11

Paraffins

12
13

...........
of Selected

for Several Grades

of Selected
16

Paraffins

.............

Paraffins

25

...........

29

of Expansion

(60F/15.6C)

........

Program for Base Exposed


.........................

to a Constant

Heat Flux

Computer
Program for Base Exposed
Temperature
.......................

to a Step Increase

15.

Values of Geometric
Variables and Heat Flux Density
the Numerical
Study
....................

Used in Computations

Some Reported Thermal Conductivity


Values
of Certain Paraffins in W/m-C (Btu/h-ft-F)

in
57

PCM and Metal Properties

xiv

37

52

14.

16.

........

15

of Selected

Coefficient

............

for Several Grades

Comparison
of Heat of Transition
Paraffins
.........................
Specific

.......

Data for tile Paraffins (Cntt2n+2)


Carbon Atoms
.............

7.

13.

.............

Price Data for Selected

Transition

Paraffins

Suppliers

6.

Page

64

.........
Chosen

for

for the Solid Phase


...........

64

160

LIST OF TABLES

Table
A-I.

h-2.

(Continued)

Title

Page

Fusible Materials with a Heat of Fusion Greater than 185.96 kJ/kg


(80 Btu/lb) Listed in Order of Increasing Melt Temperature
from
4.4 to 65C (40 to 150F)
..................

169

Comparisons
of Fusion Properties and Melt Temperature
Selected PCM's Reported in Reference
56 ............

171

of

Properties
of Six PCM's Studied in Reference
57 with a Fusion
Temperature
Between 273 and 373 K ..............

172

A-4.

Melt Temperatures

173

A-5.

Four

A-6.

PCM's Used in Tests Reported

A-7.

Comparative

A-8.

Melting Temperature
of Some Mixtures Investigated
Conditioning
Thermal Energy Storage ..............

A-3.

of Fifteen

Low Temperature

Data

Melting Temperature

Low Temperature

PCM's Recommended
in Reference

A-12.

A-13.

Melting
Hydrate

Temperature
Eutectics

in Reference
58

on Waxes and Inorganic

and Heat of Fusion


.....................

57

....

Hydrates

174
175

..........

176

........
for Air

177

and Heat of Fusion of Inorganic

Melting Point, Heat of Fusion, and Latent


Inorganic Hydrates
.....................
A-11.

PCM Candidates

Salt Hydrates

Heat Density

178

of Some
180

of Some Inorganic

Calorimetric
Data for Some Organic Thermal
Materials for Solar Heating
..................

181
Energy

Storage
182

Melting Temperature
and Heat of Fusion of Organic Materials for
Air Conditioning-Hydrocarbons
and Halogenated
Hydrocarbons

183

A-14.

Melting

Point and Heat of Fusion

184

A-15.

Melting
Organic

Temperature
and Heat of Fusion for Some AcetamideEutectics and Compounds
................

for Some Organic

XV

Eutectics

....

185

LIST OF TABLES

Table
A-16.

(Concluded)

Title
PCM Data for Some Alcohols,
Ethers ..........................

Phenols,

Page
Aldehydes,

Ketones,

and
186
......

187

.......

188

A-17.

PCM Data for Organic

A-18.

Calorimetric

A-19.

Melting Point and Heat of Fusion for Clathrates


and Semi-Clathrates
Melting Congruently
Above OC (32F)
.............

189

Melting

190

Acids and Miscellaneous

Data for Air Conditioning

Point for Organic-inorganic

Organic

Eutectics

Organics
Materials

...........

Computer
Program Used to Compute Fluid Temperature
it Flows Through a Phase Change Device .............
Required
Description

Input

Data for the Program

of Output

Listed in Table C-1

Data from Program

xvi

Variation

as
198
203

......

Listed in Table C-1

....

205

A DESIGN HANDBOOK
FOR PHASE CHANGE THERMAL
CONTROL AND ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES

I.

INTRODUCTION

A.

literature.

Phase change
thermal
These articles often

Definition

control
devices have been discussed
extensively
refer to a device of this type by different
names

in the
such as

thermal capacitor,
thermal
flywheel,
heat of fusion device, latent heat device, and fusible
mass device. However,
all these terms refer to a component
which is used to either
thermally
control
a medium
or store energy by utilizing a material
which undergoes
a
change of phase.
There

are a number

of phase

change

Solid-liquid
transformations
ice or water)

Liquid-gas

transformations

transformation

classes

(melting/freezing)

(vaporization)

(e.g.,

(e.g.,

transition

melting

(e.g., boiling

Solid-gas transformations
(sublimation)
(e.g.,
dioxide at atmospheric
pressure,
"dry ice")
Solid-solid transformations
to the monoclinic
form)

given by Lorsch

Liquid-liquid
transformations
(e.g., the transformation
liquids are immisible such as water and phenol).

or freezing

as
of

of water)

sublimation

of the

[1]

rhombic

of solid

form

occurring

carbon

of sulfur

when two

Very little energy is released or absorbed


by liquid-liquid
transformations,
and it
is questionable
whether
this
is a true
class of phase
change.
The
liquid-liquid
transformation
is neglected
in the remainder
of this work.
Liquid-gas
and solid-gas
transformation
classes have large volume changes associated
with them, a feature
which
requires heavy and complicated
pressure vessels or special design features, such as internal
bellows. For this reason, they also are not considered
herein. Solid-liquid
transformations
are of great
importance
because
most classes
of materials
undergo
this type
of
transformation
without
exhibiting
large volume
changes
while releasing
or absorbing
relatively
large quantities
of energy. The fourth transforlnation
is also of interest because
the energy
exchange
can be significant
and a number
of materials
display
this
phenomenon
in a temperature
range near their melting
point. Consequently,
for the
purpose
of this document,
phase
change
processes
are limited
to solid-liquid
and
solid-solid transformations.

B.
There are a number
Some of these are:

of

uses

Thermal
outlet)

Inhibition
electronics)

of thermal

Maintaining

constant

damping

thermocouple

of oscillatory

excursions

Control

Temperature

(e.g.,

(e.g.,

Lunar

(e.g.,

devices

have

Skylab

space

Roving

Pegasus

of

of

these

thermal

change

40F

(e.g., mushroom

most

1 depicts

a phase

heating
and
application)

(e.g., Skylab

indication

descriptions

Typically,
external
material
which it
applied
different

mechanisms

Figure

change

outputs

temperature

[2].

phase

been

radiator

Vehicle

III

applied.

fluid

drive control

coating

experiment-

reference)

Energy storage
(e.g.,
solar
illustrated
by the MIT house

Brief

device

cooling

vernatherm
thaw

applications

energy

storage

such

as

given

by

valve)

warning

indicator).

through

responses

for the first three

is passive

with no moving

1973

are

applications.
parts,

consisting

of an

.housing and the phase change material (PCM), with or without interspersed
filler
(Fig. 2). Usually this device is in intimate
thermal
contact
with the medium
is thermally
controlling.
Although
shown in a simplified form, this device can be
in an almost
infinite
number
of geometrical
configurations
with a myriad
of
filler configurations.

C.
Studies
following

to which

Humphries

Other

Applications

have

shown

that

Phase Change Material

to qualify

as a good

PCM the material

characteristics:

High heat

Proper

property

of fusion

melting

requisites,

point

per unit mass and volume


(or range).

but not requirements,

High thermal

High coefficient

for a good

diffusivity
of thermal

conductivity

PCM are:

should

possess

the

W/O
_m--

TC

WITH

TC

==
p-

TIME

a.

THERMAL

DAMPING

OF

OSCILLATORY

OUTPUTS

W/O
u

WITH

TC
TC

=<

TIME

b.

INHIBITING

THERMAL

EXCURSIONS

-------m--

gJ
eYk<
uJ
i.,
I,LI

TIME

c. MAINTAINING

Figure

1.

Responses

CONSTANT

TEMPERATURE

of a phase

change

device.

W/O
WITH

TC
TC

,/'_'-

EXTERNAL HOUSING

iiiiiiiiiii_iiiiiiiiiii;!iiiiiiiii!ii!iiii!i!i!ii!iiiiiiii!i[i_.,
-__

iiii!iii!ii!iiiii
iiii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!i!iiiii
! ! ! ! ! ! ! iiiiiiiiiiiiiii!il
'llllll//////////////////////////////////////////llllllllJ
Figure

Noncorrosive

Low coefficient

High flash point

Good

Minimum

Stable

Congruent

Little

Relatively

Nontoxic.

Economic

factors

wetting

2. A phase

characteristics

phase

(in solid-solid

change

or no supercooling
pure

of importance

Low cost

Present

device.

of expansion

of void spaces

change

and future

are:

availability.

state)

Thereare a numberof classes


of materialswhich havebeeninvestigatedfor useill
phasechangedevices.Someof the moreimportant are:

Inorganicsalt hydrates(e.g.,glauber'ssalt Na2SO


4"10H20)

Organiccompounds(e.g.,paraffinsCnH2n+2)

Eutectics of the above (e.g., 88 mole percentacetic acid + 12 mole


percentbenzoicacid)

Naturalelements(e.g.,sulphur,S)

Water.

Of these materials,paraffins havebeen the most widely used,primarily in the space


program.
D.

Scope of Study

This section
presents
an overview
of phase
definitions,
typical applications,
and general limitations
PCM property
data. Since most of the past devices

change devices;
that is, it gives
of this study. Section I1 presents
have used paraffin
as the PCM,

Section
II is primarilY
devoted
to this class of materials.
However,
a large volume of
nonparaffin
data excerpted
from other studies is given in the appendices.
These data
should
allow the designer
to use this document
without
resorting
to time consuming
literature
searches
for property
data. Section
lII details
the derivation
and use of a
nondimensional
computer
program.
Section
IV presents
results
of parametric
studies
performed
using this nondimensional
model. Using typical
paraffin
property
data and
thermal
boundary
conditions
commensurate
with earlier applications,
optimum
thermal
design of the containment
device is given parametrically.
Examples
for typical designs are
given to illustrate
use of these data. The intent of this study is to present sufficient
data
to allow the thermal designer to "short cut" time consuming
analyses by either using the
given numerical
model and altering it to suit his application
or, where possible, by using
the parametric
data directly.
At a minimum,
these data should allow the designer to get
starting
point estimates
for his design. Section
V outlines related
topics. These topics
include data which compare
analytical
and experimental
results, discussing some of the
discrepancies
between
the two. Section V also includes
effects. Other
containment
cases not covered
by the
also given

in Section

schemes
examples

for estimating
convective
used in Section IV are

V.

The reader should keep in mind that the treatment


of phase change devices given
in this document
is limited to thermal
aspects. As such, other topics of importance
such
as structural
and material
designs
and selection
are not addressed.
Also, specialized
subject

matter

such

as

the

kinetics

of

the

phase

change

process

and

chemical

phenomenon(e.g., supercooling,incongruentmelting,and dendrite formation) are not


discussed.Although convectionanalysisis discussed,
detailsof convectionstimulii suchas
buoyancyand surfacetensionforcesareignored.The readeris referredto surveyreports
by Grodzka[3,41 and a text by Chahners[5] for informationin theseareas.Dueto the
large nulnber of possibledesignconfigurations,this report addresses
only typical and
simplifiedschemes.
II.

PROPERTY

DATA

In several space-related
applications
of phase change devices, a paraffin
has served
as the PCM. Major emphasis
in this section
is given to those properties
which are
typically
needed
in a thermal
design
of selected
paraffins.
These include
the melting
temperature,
transition
temperature,
heat of fusion,
heat of transition,
specific heat,
density, thermal conductivity,
viscosity, and coefficient
of volume expansion.

property
specified.

Since hydrocarbon
properties
are dependent
on purity,
differences
in reported
values may be directly
related
to differences
in purity,
a quantity
often not

Although
this section is devoted to properties
of paraffins,
some of the properties
of certain
nonparaffins
are presented
in Appendix
A. These have been extracted
from
several different
references,
and, in some cases, some paraffins
and paraffin mixtures
are
included there also.
It is understood
aliphatic

hydrocarbons

principally
(CI_Ha4)
temperature

that
of

the
the

term

paraffin

methane

generally

series

denotes

CnH2n+2.

limited,
however,
to those members
of the family lying
and n-Triacontane
(C3oH_2)
because
the corresponding
has included that of previously
considered
applications.

A.

Sources, Availability,

and Estimated

any

Property

of the
data

between
rmlge

saturated
herein

are

n-Undecane
on melting

Cost of Selected Paraffins

Table
1, which is based on a reported
survey [6], shows a limited selection
of
companies
and laboratories
capable
of supplying
several selected paraffins
in quantities
adequate
to be used in phase change devices.
Also, the availability
of Sunoco
P-1 16
paraffin
paraffin

wax from the Sun Oil Co., C_4-C16


paraffin
mixture
from Enjay is noted in Reference
1.

Information
the suppliers
listed
products.

relative
to type, grade,
m Table
1 is outlined

from

Conoco,

and physical property


in Table 2 based on

and

a C_s-C,6

data availability
from
a review [6] of their

TABLE 1. POTENTIALSUPPLIERS
OF SELECTEDPARAFFINSa
Company

Address

AmericanPetroleumInstitute
StandardReferenceMaterials

Carnegie-Mellon
University
SchenleyPark
Pittsburgh,Pennsylvania15213

Aldrich ChemicalCo.,Inc.

940WestSaintPattiAvenue
Milwaukee,Wisconsin53233

AnalabsInc.

80 RepublicDrive
North Haven,Connecticut 06473

ChemicalSampleCo.

4692 KennyRoad
Columbus,Ohio 43221

Eastman(Kodak)Organic
Chemicals

2400Mt. ReadBoulevard
Rochester,NewYork 14650

Gallard-Schlesinger
Chemical
ManufacturingCorp.

584MineolaAvenue
CarlePlace,NewYork 11514

The HumphreyChemicalCo.

DevineStreet
North Haven,Connecticut 06473

LachatChemicalsInc.

20200AshlandAvenue
ChicagoHeights,Illinois 60411

PhillipsPetroleumCo.

Bartlesville,Oklahoma 74004

Polysciences
Inc.

PaulValley IndustrialPark
Warrington,Pennsylvania18976

a. FromTable9 of Reference6.
The cost of paraffinsis influenced significantly by purity, and it also varies
considerablywith source.The ultrahighpurity standardreferencematerialsavailablefrom
the American PetroleumInstitute (API) cost $95 for a 5 ml unit [6]. Someprice
estimatesfor two gradesof severalparaffinsare givenin Table3. All but the last three
entriesin Table3 correspondto pricesfor relativelysmallquantitiesof reasonablyhigh
purity paraffins, probably made available for laboratory rather than large-scale
commercialpurposes.The last three entriesdenote someparaffinmixtureswhich can be
obtainedin largequantities.

..0

..Q

<
"Ct

._

_J

o'_

o_,_

<

-_

<

_"_

_._

>,

o_
>

uJ

0
0

r._

"tJ
1

<

o
,.0

,.0

,.0

,.0

0
r._

,d
<
=

<
d
c4
uJ
.1

"=
c..)

o
0

<

bO

,=
2
=

<

E
0

r_

<

0
a.

TABLE

3.

SOME APPROXIMATE

PRICE

DATA

FOR

Approximate
Unit Cost

SELECTED

PARAFFINS

($/lb)

Quantity
kg (lb)

99
95

26.46 (12.00)
14.29 (6.48)

2.72 (6)
2.72 (6)

6
6

CloH22
C10H22

99
95

16.26 (7.38)
12.87 (5.84)

2.77 (6.1)
2.77 (6.1)

6
6

n-Undecane
n-Undecane

C11H24
CI 1H24

99
95

23.47 (10.65)
14.21 (6.44)

2.81 (6.2)
2.81 (6.2)

6
6

n-Dodecane
n-Dodecane

C12H26
C12H26

99
95

16.45 (7.46)
12.65 (5.74)

2.86 (6,3)
2.81 (6.2)

6
6

n-Tridecane
n-Tridecane

C13H28
Ct3H2s

99
95

34.99
22.29

2.86 (6.3)
2.86 (6.3)

6
6

n-Tetradecane
n-Tetradecane

C_4H3o
Cl4H3o

99
95

18.95 (8.59)
15.62 (7.09)

2.90 (6.4)
2.90 (6.4)

n-Pentadecane
n-Pentadecane

Cl 5H32
C1 sH32

99
95

41.34
30.13

(18.75)
(13.67)

2.90 (6.4)
0.68 (1.5)

6
6

n-Hexadecane
n-Hexadecane

El 6H34

35.27
20.08

(16.00)

0.68

CI 6H34

99
95

(9.11)

(1.5)
2.90 (6.4)

6
6

n-Heptadecane
n-Heptadecane

CI 7H36
CI 7H36

99
95

37.89
30.13

(17,19)
(13.67)

2.90 (6.4)
0.68 (1.5)

6
6

n-Octadecane
n-Octadecane

CIsH38
CI 8H3 s

99
95

18.65 (8.46)
30.13 (13,67)

2.95 (6,5)
0.68 (1,5)

6
6

n-Nonodecane
n-Nonodecane

C19H40
Ct 9H40

99
95

40.70
27.93

(18.46)
(12,67)

2.95 (6.5)
0.68 (1.5)

6
6

n-Eicosane
n-Eicosane

C20H42
C20H42

99
95

26.05
41.15

(11.82)
(18.67)

2.99
0.68

6
6

Formula

Purity
(percent)

n-Nonane
n-Nonane

C9 H20
C9 H20

n-Decane
n-Decane

Material

Po 116 Paraffin
mixture

Paraffin
I

a.

(15.87)
(10.11)

(6.6)
(1.5)

Reference

Not specified

0. 11 (0.05)

4536

0.11

Not specified
I

0.14

C_ 5-C16 Paraffin
Cl 4-C16

$/kg

(0.065)

(0.05)

(10,000)

Prices shown are approximate


based on 1974 publications.
All but the last three
entries shown in the table correspond
to prices quoted for the small quantities
indicated
which, more than likely, are for laboratory
applications
and are not
totally indicative
for large commercial
orders.
Also, it should be noted that
there is also variation in prices with supplier.

B.
Table
temperatures

4 contains
for the listed

Melting and Transition Temperatures


published
paraffins.

[7,8]

values

of

the

melting

and

transition

For
commercial
grades
of paraffins,
some
variations
in the phase
change
temperatur.es
are to be expected.
Impurities
even tend to cause some difference
in the
melting and freezing
temperatures.
Some reported
[6] experimental
results which show
the effect
of purity on the fusion temperature
for several grades of certain
paraffins
supplied by two manufacturers
are given in the lower two segments
of Table 5 together
with the corresponding
fusion temperature
for the high purity paraffins
available
from
API. Similar
Table 6.

results

and API data

for solid-solid

phase

transition

temperatures

are given in

For the seven paraffins


listed in Tables 5 and 6, correlations
of phase change
temperatures
corresponding
to API data with the number
of carbon atoms in the chain
are shown in Figure 3.

C.

Heat of Fusion and Heat of Transition

The

energy
values
associated
with
solid-liquid
and solid-solid
transitions
as
published
by API [71 or either by Timmermans
[8] are also listed in Table 4. The
effects of purity on these energy values based on comparisons
between measurements
[6]
on two commercial
grades (lower two segments
of Tables 7 and 8) and values reported
by the API for high purity paraffins are listed in Tables 7 and 8, respectively,
for several
paraffins.
For the seven paraffins listed in Tables 7 and 8, correlations
of the heat of fusion
and the heat of transition
with the number
of carbon atoms in the chain are shown in
Figures 4 and 5, respectively,
for the data available from API.
It is interesting
the heats
of fusion
hexadecane-octadecane

to note also the effect of the mixing of two different


and transition.
As an example,
the results
reported
binary system are shown in Figure 6.

D.

specific
between

data

C16H34,

10

Specific Heat

The specific
heat is temperature
dependent
in each phase with an increase
in
heat occurring
with an increase in temperature.
There is a change in specific heat
two phases. Data for all the paraffins
listed in Table 4 have not been obtained.

For some of the listed paraffins,


in Reference
8. These have been
the

paraffins
on
[6]
for a

in the
C 1 sH38,

specific heat data over a range of temperature


are given
plotted in Figures 7, 8, and 9. There are obvious gaps in

vicinity of phase transitions.


Data
arid C2oH42 are shown in Figures

given in Reference
9 for
10 through
13, respectively.

Ct4Hao

LO
Z
Z
,<
Z
0

,.Q

Z
L[..,

.<
_g
.<
u4,<

o_
.<F-,
[.-,

_o

z
O_

_z
.<
Z
<

z
...1
N

d_

.<
E
z

II

qdqqqqq
A

L5

+l

+1

+1

___0
"C.

O__l
__0

_t_
(..)

._a
_0__
=_

i,i

iii

III

O
u.l

__ooo

_. _. _ o. o. _. R
i

ii

iii

Z
O
LT_
_4
0

_
_

_
_
0'_

_-_OZ_

12

_
_

_
_

_
_

_
0

0
_

0
_

+I

+I

+I

c_

C_

C_

c_

C_

Z
<
<
Z
<
,--4

_o_
0

o_

_.

c_

,3.,

,4,,

,.,4

cq

Cq

ep

c_

e,

e_

E
0

,d
oO

c_
Z
<

_o

_
d

0
!

I
0

<

2
0

'=

1_

t(-

@
@

13

4O
100

30
8O

2O
tk
60

,a
o
ui
ne

o
cc
i--

LIQUID
PHASE CHANGE

<[
nW
Q.

_c
uJ

h
SOLID
PHASE

kiJ
kZ

40

_
SOLID
CHANGE

w
I,Z
O

I,m
,4
z
ee,
_Ill

w
-10
z

eL
O
--2O

--30

-2O

--40

-4O

i
10

I
15
CARBON

Figure

3.

Correlation

of phase
in the

14

change

chain (from

ATOMS

I
20
IN CHAIN

temperature

with number

Fig. 1 of Reference

6).

oi" carbon

atoms

TABLE 7. COMPARISON
OF HEAT OF FUSIONFOR SEVERAL
GRADESOF SELECTEDPARAFFINS

Material

Heating
(Solid -+ Liquid)
kJ/kg (Btu/lb)

Cooling
(Liquid _ Solid)
kJ/kg (Btu/lb)

Purity
(Mole %)
or Grade

n-Undecane

142 (61.2)

142 (61.2)

99.96

0.03

n-Dodecane

216 (93.2)

216 (93.2)

99.969

+ 0.025

n-Tridecane

154 (66,5)

154 (66.5)

99,91

+0.06

n-Hexadecane

235 (101.5)

235 (101.5)

99.90

+ 0,06

n-Octadecane

244 (105.0)

244 (105.0)

99.90

+ 0.08

n-Nonadecane

187 (80.6)

187 (80.6)

99.90

+ 0.08

n-Eicosane

248 (107.0)

248 (107.0)

99,90

+ 0.08

n-Undecane

140 (60.4)

143 (61.7)

99

n-Dodecane

218 (94.0)

220 (94.9)

99

n-Tridecane

145 (62.5)

159 (68.5)

99

n-Hexadecane

237 (102.0)

235 (101,5)

99

n-Octadecane

248 (107.0)

245 (105.6)

99

n-Nonadecane

180 (77.5)

180(77.5)

99

n-Eicosane

249 (107.5)

245 (105.5)

99

n-Undecane

142 ( 61.4)

141 (61.0)

99.75

n-Dodecane

218 (94.0)

212 (91.5)

99

n-Tridecane

154 (66.2)

150 (64.8)

99

n-Hexadecane

239 (103.0)

235 (101.5)

99

n-Hexadecane

244 (105.0)

237 (102.0)

95

n-Octadecane

243 (104.6)

242 (104.5)

95

n-Nonadecane

182 (78.3)

179 (77.2)

95

n-Eicosane

255 (llO.O)

243 (104.8)

95

n-Eicosane

241 (104.0)

234 (101.0)

90

* Supplier
** Supplier
*** Supplier

A
B
C

15

TABLE 8. COMPARISON
OF HEATOF TRANSITIONFORSEVERALGRADESOF
SELECTEDPARAFFINS

Material

Heating
(Solid_ Solid)
kJ/kg(Btu/lb)

Cooling
(Solid_ Solid)
kJ/kg (Btu/lb)

n-Undecane
n-Tridecane
n-Nonadecane
n-Undecane
n-Tridecane
n-Nonadecane
n-Undecane
n-Tridecane
n-Nonadecane

439(18.9)
416(17.9)
514(22.2)
409(17.6)
433 (18.7)
513(22.1)
403 (17.4)
403 (17.4)
495 (21.4)

439(18.9)
416(17.9)
514(22.2)
405(17.4)
470(20.3)
516(22.3)
422(18.2)
406 (17.5)
499 (21.5)

Purity
(Mole %)
or Gra't e
99.96 0.03

"_

99.91 0.06
99.90 0.08

._ *

99
99
99

_**

99.75
99
95

TM

_***

* SupplierA
** SupplierB
*** Supplier

110

24O

100

SOLID

LIQUID

PHASE

CHANGE

.,_,o"J

IN

o/

m :b
ar

7O

1SO

eO

10

15

CARBON

Figure

16

4.

ATOMS

IN CHAIN

Correlation
of heat of fusion with number
chain [from Fig. 5(a) of Reference

of carbon
6].

atoms

in the

SOLID
i

+i

5O
A

t<
uJ
T

40

16
I
10

i
15

I&l

i
2O

CARBON ATOMS IN CHAIN

Figure

5.

Correlation

of heat or transition
with number of carbon
chain [from Fig. 5(b) of Reference 6].

atoms

in the

120

100

80

tlh

100

40

IAI
Z

w
Z

20

5O
SOLID

SOLID

PHASE

CHANGE

_O
!

_O'*
!

C16H34
HEXADECANE

Figure

WEIGHT

PERCENT

OCTADECANE

e
80

0
100

C18H38
OCTADECANE

6. Example illustrating effect of composition


of heats of phase change
hexadecane-octadecane
binary system (from Fig. 29 of Reference 6).

for

17

_RATURli.
-1M
2.11-

-40
i

--70

-00

-li0

-.40

UP

--30

-110

oF
-18

10

30

40

UO

11

N
0.41

_'.0

OJ

Cll HM
OA

1.S
0,,41
1.0
O.2
O.6

8QLOD--4OLm -o.
I_AN0rnoN

ke- SOLID--LIQUID
!
TRANSITION
I
I

- 0.1
J

0.S

c_m

u.

0.4
as
0.3

0.2
_-" IN)LID-LIQUID
TRANSITION

0.1
0

O.7

2.6

O.ll
O.S

2.O

0.4
lJ
0.3

_-- IOLIO--LIOUID
TItANSITION

1.0
SOLID-lOUD
TRAN_TION

-e_

0.2

0.6
0.1
I

II

-70

.-oo
'7

Figure

18

7.

Spocific

-N

"

,-40

...aug

-m

-lo

,,

lo

16

TIIMPIERATUR|,

heat versus temperature for Ca l H24, Cl 2 H=_, and C| 3 H_ s


(based on data given in Reference 8).

TEMPERATURE,
--40
2.5.

-30
i

-20

-10

10

20

30
i

40

'

UF
50

60

70

80

90

100

110
i

120

0.5

2.0
I

C14 H30

0.4

1.5
0.3
1.0
0.2
0.5

I.,,t.-- SOLID-LIQUID
I
I
I

TRANSITION

0.1

0.7

0.6

2.5
(J
O

0.5
2.0

0.4
I

uJ
"I"

u.

#/,

C15 H32

SOLID-SOLID
TRANSITION

uJ

I
I

0.5

<

I
I
I"*- SOLID-LIQUID
t

1.0

0.3
D
tt
- I

0.2

TRANSITION

tu

0.1

I
l

0.6

2.5

0.5

2.0
C16

H34
0.4

1.5
0.3
1.0
.ID-LIQUID
TRANSITION

0.2

0.5

0.1
I
-30

I
-20

I
- 10

I
0

I
10

TEMPERATURE.

Figure

8.

Specific

heat versus
(based

temperature
on

data

given

I
20

I
30

I
40

45

for C14 H3 o, C_ 5'H3 2, and C_ 6 H3'4


in Reference

8).

19

SOLID--SOLID
TRANSITION

I
"-_

I
I
I
30

M- SOLID--LIQUIDTRANSITION

I
I
! i I

I
40

50

6O

70

TEMPERATURE.

Figure

9.

90

100

Comparative
examination
9 indicates that the specific

i
110

Specific heat versus temperature


(based on data given in Reference

Measurements
of specific
heat
manufacturers
are reported
by Reference
values for the same materials from API.

Table

i
8O

for C2 sHs 2
8).

for several
paraffins
6. These are tabulated

using samples
from
in Table 9 together

of data shown in Figures 7 through


13 and
heat of paraffins is sensitive to impurities.

E.

two
with

listed

in

Density

The density of the liquid phase decreases


with temperature
and data for most of
the considered
paraffins
are shown in Figure
14. The values agree with those reported
in
Reference
6. For Ct4H30,
C16H34,
CIaH3a,
and C20H42, density data are also plotted
in Figures
15 through
18, respectively,
which are from Reference
9 and which include
some solid phase density
measurements.
For these paraffins,
density changes across the
solid-liquid phase transition
ranged from 5 to 8 percent.

F.
There

is a limited

amount

Thermal Conductivity
of

thermal

conductivity

data

available

Most reported
values are only for the liquid phase. For selected paraffins
limited amount
of liquid thermal
conductivity
data, which were reported

20

for paraffins.
Table 10 lists a
in Reference
6

ql-

u
o

u;

E
0

UJ
q,

uJ
I-

[._

21

=lo'qUn;8

'J, V3H

31:1133d$

o
i

C_
c.)
<...

,11-

o
O_

.)
o

u.
o

u_

n,.

8 =
I"

<

I
I.U
_L

n..
ud
Q.

ELI
I"

uJ
I-

_o

c_
Z

_o
W"

v)
Z
,<

I-

_a

.a
I

c.)

,.J

1
O

I
m.
ol

I
o.

I
Lq
Oo'a_/_

22

'_V3H

I
o
O141O3dS

I
Lq

_30"lbl/Fq '.J.VgH 31dlOgds


O

o
0

ao

O_

E
Ia

5
o
.I

a_

..J

C/3

u_

u_

@_

do-qVm8 'lVgH

u_

31dl:3gd_

23

:lo-qlVn_ll

'IV3H

3hllODdt
Ft
0

J
0

0
.J

I.i

K.T,.

i
q

I
el

q_

3o'lhVl_

24

!
tq

'IV=IH

OtlllO]J

0 _
0

e_

i _oooo

ddodddd

__

. ___

ddddddddd
___

Z
0

u.
<

Z
0

f-

0
u_
<

r_

.,,.0,,.00..0,.0..
0000000

....
0000000

0"00000000
0

[-

o0

u_

o_
0
0

o
u.l

0000000
,,000
0000000
-+1.

o_
u4

+1

___

0
+1

+1

+1

+l

+1

___

___o

_6

el

__OZ_

o
25

TEMPERATURE,
0
78O

2O

60

100

140

180

220

F
260

300

340

380

420

460

19
77O

48

76O
47
750
74O
18
73O
46

72O

710
44
7OO

10

LEQEN.__...2O
NO.

MAT'L

REF.

Cll

H24

[7]

C12

H26

[7]

C13

H28

[7!

4
S

C14
C16

H30
H32

(7]
[7]

C16

H34

[7]

C17

Hx

[7]

II
9
10
11

C18
C19

HM
H,40

[7]
[7]

C20

H42

[7]

C21

H44

[8]

12
13

C22
C23

H46
H40

[8]
(el

14

C24

HE0

[8]

15

C26

H52

|8]

16

C20

HE4

(8]

17

C27

H56

[8]

18

C20

HSe

(el

19

C20

He0

[8]

1
670

660

66O

S40

e2o

61o

6oo

59o

58O
-20

20

4O

60

41

4O

39

37

80

100

120

TEMPERATURE,

Figure

26

14.

Liquid

phase

density

140

160

180

200

of several

paraffins.

220

240

TEMPERATURE,
50

100

150

25O

200

300
i
54

_LO
52

8OO

,S
O

REF. 9 TEST LIQUID STATE


REF. 9 TEET SOLID STATE

780
0
0
7150

o
0
0

0
0

o
0

74O

44

0
720

44
7OO

SOLtD-LIQUID

TRANSITION
O

UO
42
O
i
0

-17.8

i
26

i
60

i
75

;
100

TEMPERATURE,

Figure

15.

Density

of tetradecane

i
12S

_,Cx4H30)

(from

Fig. 4 of Reference

9).

TEMPERATURE,F
50

lUl

15g

200

2tS0

300

N
m

el

62

"%

REF. S I'EST LIQUID |TATI_ =


REF.'9 TEST SOLID STATE

_00o

in

,,,,

0
0
44

O o
SOLID--LIQUID

P_IAgE TRANSITION

44

m
0
42

-178

TEMPERATURE,C

Figure

16.

Density

of hexadecane

(Cx6H34)

(from

Fig. 5 of Reference

9).
27

YIIMlUlERATUIq|.'F
M

M
m

lag
U
NO

040

mlo

.i

Pll @.I TIIIT I.QIUIID ITAT|


lUl@. Ii TIlIIT IIOU D IrlrATIi

i m
I!l
7N
)0

_o

m
0 o
0

48

,,----

IIOLID--LIGUIO

TNA/mlTION

O
o
n

-17.11

4m

i
Nio

II

_w, enATunm."c

Figure

17.

Density

of octadecane

(Cl aHaa)

_RATUIIIE.
o

II0

1W

(from

Fig. 6 of Reference

eF

11o

NO

IO

m8

OO0_

l[

FIIEF,| TIE_r UQUIO IITATIE


IIIF. II TEIT IIOUD ITATI

m
clD o
o
o

74_

SOLID--LIQUID

_m

TRANSITION

-17.11

TIIMPERATURL

Figure
28

18.

Density

of ei_:usane

tC 2 o H4 2

(from

Fig. 7 of Reference

9).

9).

TABLE 10.

THERMAL

CONDUCTIVITY
AT PHASE

OF SELECTED

CHANGE

Material

PARAFFINS

TEMPERATURE)

(EVALUATED

W/m-C

Btu/h-ft

-F

n-Undecane

0.1496

0.0865

n-Dodecane

0.1488

0.0860

n-Tridecane

0.1496

0.0865

n-Hexadecane

0.1505

0.0870

n-Octadecane

0.1505

0.0870

0.1505

0.O87O

n-Nonadecane
n-Eicosane
a. From

Table

8 of Reference

6.

as being available
from the API. Thermal
conductivity
data which
are presented
in
Reference
9 for the liquid phase of C_4H3o,
C16H34,
ClsH3s,
and C20H42, are shown
in Figures
19 through
23. Figure
23 shows a correlation
which was extrapolated
to
obtain thermal conductivities
for C20 I-I42.
The lack of thermal
conductivity
data for the solid phase poses some analytical
uncertainties
when attempting
to analyze
the phase change process.
This concern
and
related considerations
are treated in more detail in Section V.

G.

Viscosity

Absolute
viscosity
data for liquid paraffins
C1 i H24 through
given in Reference
7, are shown plotted as a function
of temperature

H.

C20H42,
in Figure

which
24.

are

Surface Tension

Values of the surface tension for liquid paraffins C11 H24 through C2 oH42, which
are tabulated
in Reference
7, are plotted versus temperature
in Figure 25. The data varies
linearly
with temperature
with an increase
of temperature
resulting
in a decrease
of
surface tension.

I.

Coefficient

of Expansion

Single values of the coefficient


of expansion
for four of the considered
are shown in Table 11 which were reported in Reference
6 as being from API.

paraffins

29

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY,

W/m-PC

o
!

o
I

_J

ok
-n

m
o

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY,

3O

Btu/h-ft-F

ilo4i_nlO

'ALIAILOI'IONO0

"lVlqUlH,L

._

_.

_.

Sen

O_FilM 'A,ILIAIJ.OIfIQNO011fllqlld|l_lL

31

do'_q/mQ

"A.LIAI13(IQNOD

IVWId|H,L

O0

d
3d'WlM 'A.LIAU,3NQNO31V|iH.L

32

:lo'3yq/n;8

'AJ.IAII_)I'IQNO_)

"IVWU

:IH1

c_

_"
=.
o

_.
o

c_

E_
0

O0

o_

I<

0 0
Z
<

uJ

|uJ

IQ

1-

_o
,.J
I
0

i-

,.J
0

I
v-,

c_

6
3o'W/M

'A.LIAIJ.3rIQN03

I
o
o

8
o

"IVINti:iH1

33

THERMAL
o

CONDUCTIVITY,

W/m--C

,
I

i.
i
II

EXTRAPOLATED

THERMAL

Figure 23.

Correlation

paraffins

34

(CnH2n+2)

CONDUCTIVITY,

of thermal
(from

Btu/h4t-F

conductivity

data for normal

Fig. 16 of Reference

9 ).

fM
se-

LID

c_

c_

;>
(,4
,I-

C_

U.
O

Q
u;
I-,<
CC
UJ
G.

eL)

,q-

.,.._

"o
o
o

r_

r_

<

I--4

LT.
O--

35

;,t/Jql C01. X NOISN=I..L

:I;./V:IUI

IZ

s..

l.l

_=
!

t_

t,,,

o
""

._

q,
,

s=
O
"_J
o
o

u4
i

WIN

36

'L_OL X NOISNY.L

=lOV-iHf'lS

TABLE

11.

VOLUMETRIC

COEFFICIENT

OF EXPANSION

(60F/15.6C)

Material

1/K

1/F

n-Undecane

10.1 10 -4

5.6 10 -4

n-Dodecane

9.9 X 10 -4

5.5 X 10 -4

n-Tridecane

9.4 X 10 -4

5.2 X 10 -4

n-Eicosane

8.5 10 -4

4.7 X 10 -4

a.

From

III.

Table

18 of Reference

TWO-DIMENSIONAL
CHANGE

A.

6 .

ANALYSIS
DEVICE

OF A PHASE

Introduction

The analysis of two-dimensional


conductive
heat transfer
within a phase change
device is outlined in this section. Since convection
may be present in certain applications,
the design of a phase change
device based solely on conduction
will in most cases be
conservative
(i.e., heat transfer
rate to and from material
will be lower than in a case
where convection
is present).
Additional
attention
is given
convection
and how it can be included in the analysis.
The
homogeneous

in Section

V to the effect

two-dimensional
transient
heat
conduction
equation
for
medium in the absence of sources, sinks, or phase change is

t\_xx=- + 0y2]

at

an

of

isotropic,

(1)

-4

In general, solutions of equation


(1) for typical applications
can best be obtained
via numerical
techniques,
other techniques
were outlined
by Muehlbauer
and Sunderland
[10]. For numerical
solutions of equation
(1), the partial derivatives
are approximated
by
finite difference
analogs.
A forward
difference
analog for the time derivatives
can be
used. With regard to the latter, there are two possibilities
for a transient
problem
[ 11]. If
all temperatures
appearing
in the spatial analogs are evaluated
at the old time level, the
formulation
is explicit,
and the resulting equation
for a node involves only one unknown
at the new time level. The solution for a system of nodes by this method is fairly simple

37

and

straightforward.

the

new

time

five unknown
solving
a set

notational

If all

level,

the

temperatures

formulation

temperatures
of simultaneous

appearing
is implicit.

at the new
equations

in the
The

spatial

resulting

time level. Solution


equal to the number

analogs

equation

are

evaluated

at

a node

involves

for a system
of nodes.

of nodes

involves

surrounding

nodes,

Figure
26 represents
a general
node
(I, J),
its
scheme
for interconnecting
thermal
conductances.

for

and

the

(I,J+l)

GV(I,J+I )

(I,J)
(I--1 ,J)

(1+1,,I)
GH(I,J)

GH(I+I,J)

GVlI,J)

(I,J-1)
Figure

26.

Physical

General

arguments

can

discussed.
The
summation
should
equal
the product
temperature.
approach
is

designations

With

of
of

reference

GH(I,J)[T(I-1,J)

be

for nodes

used

to

and

formulate

connecting

the

difference

38

analogs

heat
transfer
to node
(I, J) from
all
the nodal
capacitance
and the difference

to

- T(I,J)]

Figure

26,

+ GH(I+I

the

explicit

,J)[T(I+I

formulation

,J) - T(I,J)]
C(I,J)[_

- T(I,J)]

conductances.

+ GV(I,J+I)[T(I,J+I)

- T(I,J)]

previously

surrounding
in its old

based

on

this

and

nodes
new

physical

+ GV(I,J)[T(I,J-1)
(I,J)
z_t

- T(I,J)]
(2)

The implicit

formulation

GH(1,J)

- T(I,J)!

The tildes denote

is

IT (I-1 ,J) - T' (I,J)l

+GV(I,J+I)IT

+ GH(I+I ,J)[T

(I,J+l)-

temperatures

_ (l,J)]

(I+l,J)

C(I,J)[T

(I,J)

+ GV(I,J)

IT (I,J-1)

- T0,J)]

(3)

At

at the new time level.

Numerical
solution
of the explicit formulation
a restriction
on the allowable
time step given by

At _<

- T (1,J)]

given by equation

(2) is subject

c(I,J)
GH(I,J)

+ GH(I+I,J)

For a nodal arrangement,


governs the entire solution.

+ GV(I,J)

the node

having

(4)

+ GV(I,J+I)

the

smallest

to

time

step

given

by equation

(4)

The implicit
formulation
given by equation
(3) is not restricted
by a stability
requirement,
but the solution
is not as simple as one using the explicit formula.
In
general, it requires a matrix inversion
routine
and may be impractical
for a large number
of nodes.
A technique
for handling
the phase change when using the explicit formulation
involves keeping a record of the stored energy at each PCM node. The stored energy at
any time is compared
to that associated
with the initiation
and termination
of the phase
change. When the accumulated
energy
at a node lies between
these two values, the
temperature
prediction
is overridden
and the temperature
is forced to be equal to the
phase change temperature.
The technique
for handling
the phase change when using the implicit formulation
involves comparison
of the predicted
temperature
with the phase change
temperature.
When the predicted
temperature
first exceeds
the latter value, the predicted
value is
overridden
and the nodal temperature
is specified
to be the phase change temperature.
The energy
associated
with the excess of the predicted
value over the phase change
temperature
is calculated
and allowed
to accumulate.
Once this accumulated
energy
reaches a value sufficient
to accomplish
the phase change, the predicted
temperature
is
allowed to rise in accordance
with the governing conduction
equations.

39

B.

Physical Model

The physical
model selected
for study corresponds
to a phase
change device
application
which is depicted
in Figure 27. Basically, the phase change device consists of
a metallic
housing in the shape of a parallelepiped
which is filled with PCM and straight
metallic
fins which are included
to improve
the heat transfer
mechanism
between
the
housing and the PCM.

,,/

-,

j',(

.j

x
/"

._

"

1
x

_ !

_ " ' 'I

"

_,(
I

"

i!

,
"

x.

,,

_.

''

.x

,/

"_

"

___

PHASE CHANGE
MATERIAL (PCM)

_/--

BASE

(,
(

"

I
HEAT FLUX

Figure

27.

Phase change

device application

selected

for study.

When the phase change device is operating


as an energy sink (i.e., it is storing
energy),
either
a hot fluid or a hot surface is considered
to be in contact
with one
surface
of the housing resulting
in heat transfer
into the unit. Hereafter,
this surface
which is in contact
with the hot medium is referred
to as the base. The PCM is used to
absorb the energy primarily
via the phase change process. The stored energy may be later
rejected
by means of exposing
the base or the cover or both to a cooler medium, which
in some applications
may be the same medium
from which the energy was absorbed
earlier.
A typical single cell of the device is shown in Figure 28. It is assumed that planes
parallel to the fins and passing through
their centers represent
planes of symmetry
as do
planes parallel to the fins and located midway between two adjacent fins. Consequently,
the analysis is reduced
to that of a half-cell represented
by the schematic given in Figure
29.

4O

___OF

SYMMETRY
F
COVER
I

!PCM

S1
,_

Figure

The
Figure

29

program

following
with

is also
The

the

28.

thermal
base

modified

limitations

for the
of the

in Section

case

analysis
the

pertains

are given

change

device.

to

the

symmetrical

heat

flux

density.

of a constant

only

cell of phase

to a constant

is

two-dimensional
be composed

single

analysis

exposed

Conduction

Typical

BASE

base

by

the

heat

The

half-cell

shown

resulting

computer

in

temperature.
following

transfer

assumptions:
mechanism

within

the

half-cel!;
the overall
phase
change
device
is considered
to
of many
such cells. (The effects
of convection
are discussed

V).

The
that

problem
is two-dimensional;
end effects
are small.

The

cover

is perfectly

the

cell,

therefore,

is sufficiently

long

insulated.

41

I$

--_---- W

2
I-i

$1

Figure

29.

Symmetrical

half-cell

used in analysis.

The physical properties,


density, specific heat, and thermal conductivity
of
the metallic fin, cell base, and cell cover are considered
to be identical and
to have constant
values. Likewise,
the density,
specific heat, and thermal
conductivity
be identical
modified
To

cast

the

of the solid and liquid


and to have constant

to input

problem

temperature

phases of the
values. (The

variant

in a nondimensional

PCM are considered


to
model
may be easily

properties.)

formulation,

appropriate

dimensionless

parameters
are sought.
As a means of obtaining
the pertinent
dimensionless
parameters,
differential
equations
for the temperature
in the PCM, the fin, the base, and the cover are
presented
and nondimensionalized.
The differential
analysis is followed by a numerical
analysis which is used for the solutions,
the results of which are presented
in Section IV.

42

C.

Differential

Formulation

Since the principal


objective
of the differential
formulation
is to find the
appropriate
dimensionless
parameters
for the physical
model previously
described,
the
reader interested
only in using the results can go directly
to the next section
on the
numerical analysis.
The

differential

equations

pertinent

to each

region

of

the

model

are presented

below.
1.
conduction

PCM Region.
equation

_2T
ax 2

and the
[12] is

a2T

_)y2

The

energy

differential

equation

is the

usual

two-dimensional

1 OT

(5)

o_ Ot

two-dimensional

interfacial

boundary

_XX ]

condition

according

to Rathjen

and

Jiji

(6)
k

where

_--_)S

6(x,t)

-(_y)t

is the interfacial

location

or fusion

f_-Iy

front.

=_

Choosing

the width

W of the PCM

region shown in the symmetrical


half-cell in Figure 29 as the characteristic
x-dimension,
the PCM height H as the characteristic
y-dimension,
the PCM fusion temperature
Tf as the
characteristic
dimensionless

--

temperature,
quantities:

x = x/W

= y/H

and denoting

a characteristic

time by tc result

in the following

(7)

(8)

0 _

T/Tf

(9)

t' -

t/t c

(10)

43

In termsof these,equation(5) canbe written as


2a20__+
ax '2
and equation

(11)
ay '2

a tc

at'

(6) becomes

(12)
\ay

2.

Is

Fin.

T m = Tm(Y,t),
to

the

problem,

results

with

the

the

\ax'

temperature

conductive
of

heat

convective

OtCp Tft c k_ v']

distribution

transfer

heat

from

transfer

in the

fin as one-dimensional,

the fin to the PCM, which

in the

conventional

aT

km

coordinate

equation
(13) results
fin at x = 0, however,

is analogous

one-dimensional

Pm Cpm
O,y

system

aT m

km

fin

is given

in

(13)

at

Figure

30. The

second

term. on

from considering
conduction
in the PCM. The
is the same as that in the PCM at x = 0.

-_- S2
//

,//
/

//

.-

//

y
,//

V/////,""
Figure

44

i.e.,

in

aY 2

Treating

treatment

a2Tm

where

(_-7"y,

30. Coordinate

system

and dimensions

for fin.

the

temperature

left

in

in the

Nondimensionalization
of

equation

(13)

using equations

(7) through

(10)results

k {.2 hO
+ 2 km \S2Wj\Ox

3.
assuming
equation:

Cell Base.
the

_1"

base

Treating

and

fin

+km-_-

(14)

]O,y

the

in

cell

properties

base
to

\--a_y ] 0,0

be

as a lumped
the

+ kW

same

x,0

system,
result

i.e., T b = Tb(t),

in the

= Om

Cpm

S1

following

and

energy

dt
(15)

where it has been assumed that the base is exposed


to a constant
heat flux density,
_1".
The coordinate
system and physical dimensions
for the cell base are given in Figure 31.
The subscripts
x,0 on the third term on the left side of equation
(15) denote evaluation
at 0.5 S2 _< x _< W and y = O. In terms of the previously
defined dimensionless
variables,
equation
(15) becomes

_I"H
(I`$21
kT"--'-f
2W]

+ km
k

S2
/80m_ ]0,0 "(_"07_
2-W\-_y'
\_Y'}x',0 -Sl(
HI+

S .)H
2 ('_)
km (_m)
ot d0
b
(]_'_c)
dr'
(16)

In equations
(15) and (16) the overbar
spatially averaged over the x-length W.

Figure

31.

Coordinate

on the third term

system

o,

and dimensions

the left side denotes

a value

for base.
45

4.
cell

base

Cell Cover. Since the treatment


except
for the assumption
that

parameters

should

appear;

therefore,

of the cell cover is al_alogous to that of the


the cover is insulated,
no new dimensionless

the appropriate

equation

To this point the dimensionless


equations
contain
By selecting this characteristic
time to be given by

is omitted

a undefined

for brevity.
reference

time,

t c.

H 2

tc -

the

ratio

(17)

H2/O_tc becomes

reduced

set

of

equations

problem.

Summarizing

these

Geometric:

1.0 in equations
reveals
ratios

seven

(11),
salient

by category,

(12),

(14),

and (16).

dimensionless
with pure constants

ratios

Examination
for

omitted,

this

of the
class

of

yields

R 1 = H/W
R 2 = H/S 1
R 3 = W/S 2

k m

Material

Properties:

R4 -

R 5 = O_m/O_
hf
R6 Cp Tf

qtr

Thermal

Loading:

R7 k Tf

These ratios developed


with the differential
equation
formulation
of the problem are also
appropriate
for the finite difference
formulation.
Hence, the finite difference
equations
are cast in dimensionless
form with the seven aforementioned
dimensionless
parameters
appearing explicitly
and serving as focal points for a parametric
numerical
study.

46

D.

interest

Finite Difference

The finite difference


formulation
into a network
of nodal points.

Formulation

begins
For the

with a subdivision
of the region of
two-dimensional,
symmetrical
half-cell

shown in Figure 29, the nodal network


and nodal point designation
scheme are shown in
Figure 32. The approach
provides flexibility
for increasing
or decreasing
the number
of
PCM nodes in accordance
with the dictates
of size and shape, there being M by N PCM
nodes. Also note that all base nodes correspond
to J = 1 and all fin nodes correspond
to
I= 1. The number
of base or fin nodes is, of course,
directly
related
to the PCM
subdivision.
Figure
26 depicts
a general node (I,J), its four
notational
scheme for interconnecting
thermal conductances.

X
JIN+2

-I.I.

surrounding

COVER

I.I.

nodes,

and

the

Sl

J=N+I -

FIN

L
J'1

$1

t
Figure 32.

Nodal

grid designation.

Physical
arguments
can be used to formulate
the temperature
finite difference
equations.
With reference
to Figure
26 the net heat transfer
to node ([,l) from its
surrounding
nodes (during
time At) should
equal the product
of the nodal thermal
capacitance
and the temperiature
difference
occurring
during
the time increment.
The
explicit formulation
based on this approach in nondimensional
form is

47

GH'(I,J)

[0(I-1,J)-0(I,J)l

- 0(l,J)l

+ GV'(I,J+I)

+ GH'(I+I,J)

[0(I,J+l)-

[0(l+l,J)-0(l,J)l
C'(l,J)

0(I,J)]

formulation

[0(l,J-1)

[0"(l,J) - 0(I,J)l
(18)

R12

The implicit

+ GV'(I,J)

M2

At'

is

GH'(I,J)

[O(I-1,J)-

0'(l,J)]

- 0'(I,J)l

+ GV'(I,J+I)

+ GH'(I+I,J)

[O(I+l,J)-O(I,J)]

C'(I,J)
[ff(I,J+l)

+ GV'(I,J)

tO(I,J)

- 0(1,J)]

-0'(I,J)]

RI2

[0"(l,J-l)

(19)

M2 At'

In the nondimensionalization
of all thermal
conductances,
the nondimensional
value is
obtained
by dividing the respective
conductance
by kB which is the conductance
between
two general
PCM nodes.
Similarly,
nondimensional
thermal
capacitance
values are
obtained
by dividing the respective
dimensional
value by pS2Bcp which is the thermal
capacitance
of a general
PCM node.
It should
be noted
that
the nondimensional
conductances
and capacitances
that are entirely within the PCM have the numerical
value
of 1.0. All other dimensionless
conductances
and capacitances
have values other than
unity. As an example,
the dimensionless
horizontal
conductance
between the fin and the
lower left hand corner PCM node is

2
GH'(2,2)

(20)

1+_

2 R 3 R4

A dimensionless

C'(2, l) -

base nodal

M RIR4
R2 Rs

capacitance,

for example,

is

(21)

1. Computer
Programs.
Numerical
solutions
of the problem
described
herein via
computers
can be affected
by use of either the explicit formulation
given by equation
(18) or the implicit
formulation
given by equation
(19). The two general
approaches
together
with the inherent
advantages
and disadvantages
related to each are discussed in

48

the generalheat transferliterature;see,for example,Chapman[11] or Ozisik [13]. It is


well establishedthat solution of the explicitly formulatedsetof equationsis subjectto a
stability restriction which dictates the maximum allowable time increment. This
restriction is given by equation (4). For a small grid size, this requirementleadsto
excessivecomputertime.Whilesolutionsof the implicitly formulatedset of equationsis
not restrictedby a stability requirement,the method fnvolvesthe solution of a set of
simultaneousequationsequalin numberto the numberof nodes.For a smallgrid size,
largecomputerstorageis needed.
The problem
under
consideration
involves thin metallic
fins; most attention,
consequently,
has been given to the implicit approach.
The stability
restriction
dictated
by a node located in the fin resulted
in extremely
small time increments
for the explicit
approach.
A computer
program
based on the implicit
approach,
equation
(19), for the
problem described
in this section is given in Table 12. A modification
of the program to
accommodate
a sudden
change
in the base temperature
rather
than imposition
of a
constant
heat flux density
is given in Table 13. |n both programs,
a band algorithm
technique
given by Funderlic
[14]
is used to solve the equations.
A dimensional
computer
program
based on the explicit approach
is presented
and briefly discussed
in
Appendix
D.
2.

Instructions

for Using Computer

Programs.

To use the programs,

the following

steps are suggested:


a. Establish
the grid size (see Fig. 32) by specifying
M and N. M represents
the
number
of vertical columns and N represents
the number
of horizontal
rows within the
PCM. The ratio of N to M must equal R_. The accuracy of the transient
results may be
affected
by the choice of M and N, particularly
in the early part
user should conduct
a sensitivity
study by altering M and N along

of the transient.
The
with DT (Step f) in a

systematic
manner until the results appear to be unaltered
to within an acceptable
level
by further changes. The influence
of the choice of M and N is discussed and illustrated
in
Section IV along with discussion of the parametric
study.

defined
constant
needed.

b. Determine
appropriate
values for the dimensionless
ratios R1 through
R7 as
in the analysis. Note that Rv is denoted
as R 8 in the program.
Also, for the
temperature
case Rv is not.needed,
but a temperature
difference
(DELT)
is
This difference
is defined by

DELT

TB
= _
- 1
TF

c. The dimension
N as indicated
below.

card must

be set correctly.

The

dimensions

depend

on M and

A(LL,L1)
TI(MI,N2)
49

T2(LL)
GH(M2,N2)
GV(M1,N2)
C(M1,N2)
F(LL)
TEXC(LL)
D(LL)
MELT(LL)
where
LL = (N2) (M1)
LI = (2) X (M1 + 1)
M1 =M+I
M2 = M+2
N2 = N+2
d. Input required parametersin accordancewith Formats998 and 999. The
requiredinputs are shown by the Read statements.NR is reservedfor a referencerun
number.
e. The programis written with the initial PCMtemperatureat Tf. If it is desired
to run for other valuesof initial temperature,setTIN by
TIN = Tinitial/Tf
f. Selecta nondimensionaltime set by specifyingDT. It is suggested
that the
magnitudeof this time incrementbe exploredfor its influenceon the accuracyof the
results.Note the discussiongivenin Stepa also.
g. Set ITT. This quantity controlsthe printout of results.The programis written
to yield output at the endof the first time incrementandthen on intervalsgivenby
(ITT-1) (DT)

50

The output includes


TIME

Nondimensional
time measuredfromstartof melting

TRISE

- (TBase- Tf)/Tf

UCOEF

- Nondimensional

absolute

(use

temperatures)

overall heat

transfer

coefficient

defined

by

R7
UCOEF

TBase - Tf

FMELT

- Fraction

of PCM melted

SQF

- Energy

stored

in fin

SQB

- Energy

stored

in base

SQT

- Energy

stored

in top

SQS

_ Energy

stored

ill solid

Energy

stored

in liquid

SQL

QLAT

.... Energy

QTOT

- Summation

used to change

EIN

- Total

RATIO

- QTOT/EIN

at given time (or solidified

for freeze

phase

of SQF, SQB, SQT, SQS, SQL and QLAT

energy

transferred

into base which

- check on energy

is dependent

on q" and

time

balance.

All the energy values which were listed are nondimensional


and evaluated
initial values of zero. The energy value used in the nondimensionalization
energy

case)

with respect to
is the latent

for a single PCM node.

The programs
given in Tables 12 and 13 can be altered slightly to accommodate
freezing for the case of a constant
heat flux density withdrawal
at the base and a step
reduction
in the base temperature,
respectively.
The changes needed to accomplish
this
are:

a.

In the parameters

b.

In

statements

the

third,

at the beginning,
second,

and

first

replace
lines

QLATM
above

by -QLATM.
statement

150,

change

the

to

51

TABLE

1 2.

COMPUTER

PROGRAM
HEAT

_m

C
C

*_

m,m

tO

20

52

BASE

EXPOSED

TO

A CONSTANT

DENSITY

CONSTANT
HEAT
RATE
BROQRAM
DIMENSION
A(i26a7)_
Ti{3s_2;s
T2(i26)J
3H(_a_2)a
QV3
is_2l_C(3_2)a
_1%26)_
TEXC(%26}_
D(i26)a
qEkTl%26)
IMPLICIT
REAL_BI&-H_O-Z}

R5
(K/OEN_CP)/(<w/_ENW_CPw)
_***mm_m,m,m

FOR
FLUX

_m__
REAO(5_998)
Ri_R2_3_R_RS_R6_R8
READ(5_9991
NR_N_4
COMPUTATIONAL
_ARA_ETERS
_*_
TIN'%,O
DTO'O005
ITT-Ni
CW 1.0
TMELT
%*0
ITTT
" 1
TPHASE
R6
AN N
AM M
QLATM AMMAN
AM_ AM + %*0
M_
M+i
NIBN+_
N2N2
LL=N_*MI
L_ 2*MI
+ i
k M2
CD = (Ri_2)_(AMm_2)
INITIAL
VALUES
_QS " 0.0
SQF " 0'0
SQB 0'0
SQT=o*o
5QL 0'0
QLAT
0'0
EBOT=o*o
TTCB=O,O
MM 0
TBOT 0*0
TIME
0'0
O0 iO I I_LL
F(I}
i*O
MELT(I}-O
TEXC(I}
0.0
90 20 jmi_N2
DO 20 I %_M1
Ti(I_J)
TIN

R6

HMELTiCPW_THELT

TABLE

12.

(Continued);

C
**_*_
HORIZONTAL
CO_DQCTaNCEB_VERTICAL
C
aCAPAClTANCES
_
_
ARE CALCULATEO
*_*_***
5V(%ai)
0,0
DO 30 d=2aNi
O0 30 I=2s_i
GH(I_J)
= %'0
C(IaJ)
" 1,O
30

_0

50

CONOOCTANCE8

GV(I_J)
" %'0
O0 _0 j 2_N1
C(laJ)
(R_AM}/(2,0_R5_R3}
GViisJ)
= (AH*R_I/(2,0*R3)
QH(2Jj)
- 2'0/($'0
A(I/(2'O*R3*R_))
GH(M2sj)RO,O
GH(i_J)
" 0,0
DO 50 I 2sM1
Cila$)
(A_Ri_R_)/iR2_R5)
C(laN2)'C(lai}
GV(II2)
- 2,01(%,0
+ (Ri*AM/(R2_R_))i
QV(IJN2I-GVII_2)
_VtI_i)
= 0,0
GH{I_N2}-GH(I_%)
GHII_i)
= 0,0
QM(IsN2)IOoO
_Hi_2;llmO,O
GH(2_I)
2,0_R_/((R2/Ri)_(i'O/(2'Q*R3)
_Hi2_N2)GH(2_I)
_V(I_2!
R_/(R3_(%'O/AM
Ri/R2}}
QV(I_N2)'SV(i_2i

DO 55 I'%_i
5_ TTCB=TTCBC(I_i)
m,_,
TEMPERATURES
aT EACH NODE
*RITE(6_7500)
R$_ R2_ R3_ R_
60 TIME
= TIME
+ DT
O0 70 I i_LL
DO 70 J %_L%
70 AII_J)
=0,0
OO _0 d=2_Ni
O0 80 I %_Mi
K (J=i)*Mi
+ I
A(K_L'Mi)
GV(I_J)
A(K_L)
= -GH(I+I_J)
= _V(I_J)
I*CO))'OHII_J)
A(K_L'i)
" GH(I_J)
A(K_L+%)
= QH(II_J)
80 O(Ki
. .C(I_JI_TI(I_J)/{CD_DT)

CALCULATE)
R5_ R6_

_
RS_

%,O/aM))

QV(I_J$)=(C{I_J

N_

NR

|/lot

53

TABLE

12.

(Continued)

O0 90 X=%_M%
KmNI'Mi+|
A(|aLI
" "GH(I+IJ%)
- @H(|al)
= GV(Ia2)
I_CD)
A(IsL+i)
GH(I+I_I
)
A(IaL'i)
" GH(I_I)
A(I_L+MI)
- GV(|,2)
A(KaL)
m "GH(IaN2)
" QH{II_2)
" GV{IsN2)
" C(IoN2}/
i{OTmCO)
A(KaL-I)
- BH(IaN2)
A(K_L+I)
GH(I%J42
)
90 A(KaL=MI)
aV(l_42)
_0 110
Im%_Mi
K'I_I_MI+|
DIE)
= -C(I_i)_Tt(I_i)/(DT_CDI
- RB/(RI_A_}
liU DtK)
-C{IsN2)_TI{IaN2I/(OT_CDI
D{I}
" =C(ial}_Ti{%
_I}/{CD_OT|
- R8/(2,0_3'_1)
CALL
BANSOL(AsLL,LlsDsLL)
UO IZO I = I_LL
120
T2iI)
D(I)
C
_
QUALITY
CALCULATE)
_
O0 150 J2sNI
DO 150 I2_Mi
_'{J'I)_Mi
+ I
IFiMELT{K)oEq,i)
30 lO 150
IF(T2(KI,GT,TMELT)TEXC(K)
TEXC{K)
+ iT2(<}
- T_E_T)
IF(T2(K),_T,TMELT)F(K)
" i,O - TEXCIK_/(R6_T_E.T)_
T2
I(KITHELT
IF(TEXC(K),GE,I'P_ASE)T2{K)TMELT+TEX
C(<)'T=_ASE_F
$(K)J.O_MELT(K)'I
_50 CONTINUE
O0 160
d l_N2

t60

170

18_
%75

.54

TiiI_J)
- T2(K)
QLAT
0'0
DO i/O J 2_Ni
O0 I/O
I 2_H1
K (J'i)_Mi
+ I
QLAT
QLAT
+ { 1.0
- FiK);
IF(A6St_LATM
" Q_AT},Lr,Q,_OOi)
IF(TIME.EQ,DTIITTT
ITI'T + i
IFITIME,EQ,DT)30
T3 180
IF(ITT,NE,ITTT)ITTT
= ITTT
+ $
IF{ITT.NE,ITTT)G3
1'0 _WO
ITTT
" i
DO i75
Ii,_l
EBOT=EBOT+(C(I_i)_
(TI([_i)-TIN))
FBOT=TIh(EbOT/TTCB)
EBuT=O,O
TRISE
- TBOT
- T_ELT

QO

TO

IBO

TABLE

12.

(Continued)

UCOEF
- R8/(TBOT
- THELT)
wRITE(6sBOOO)TIM_TRIBE_UCOEF
_
ENERGY
BALANCE)
_m.
DO 200 J = 2. N1
200 SQF - SQF + (C{$.J)*(Tt(%sJ)
- TIN)/R6)
_0 2%0
I - %_M$
BQT'SQT+(C(I_N2I.(T%(IJN2)'TIN)/R6)
210 $Qd " SQB + (C(I.%)_(T%_?s%)
- TIN)/R6)
QO 220 J - 2_N%
UO 220
I - 2_M%
K = (J'i)_M%
+ I
$QS-SQB+(Cw_(T2(<)-TIN)+FiK)/R6)
220
SQL'SQL+(CW_(T2(<)-TIN)_(i,O-F(K))/R6)
QTOT
- SQF + S_B + SQS + $QL + QLAT
+S_T
EIN = (AM_m2_RI_RBIR6)_(i.O
(%.OI(2.Q*R3))),TIME
RATIO
- QTOT/EIN
FMELT-QLAT/QLATM
WRITE(6ai5OO)S_F,B_BaSQTaS_S_SQLJQLATa_TOT,EIN_RATIOn
i FMELT
$_F
" 0,0
SO_ 0'0
SQT=o,O
SQS " 0'0
SQL " 0'0
TBoT
0'0
2_U
IF(A_S(QLATM
- O_AT),QT'o*uo0%)
GO TO 60
99_ FORMAT(7FiO.5)
999 FORMAT(313)
iOOO
FQRMAT(1H
_I3sIX,NF10,5)
1500
FORMAT(iH
_tSQF
=t_FiO,5_5X_ISQB
=sFiO,5j5X_OSQT
I*FIO,5s5X_
ISQS
-_FIO,5_SX*_SQL=_sFIO,5_/_LiT
E_FIO.5_SX_QTOT
-_.FiO.5_SX_EIN
-_FiO,5_5_=_ATIO
3_F%O'5_SX_IFMELT=_
FiO'S)
2000
FORMAT(iHi)
300U
FO_MAT(tH
_ 13. Nr%0.5)
_000
FORMAT(iH
_T35_'_ORIZONTAL
CONOUCTANCE _ )
5000
FORMAT(ZH
_T35_'VERIICAL
CONOUCTANCE')
6000
FORMAT(%H
_T35_THERMAL
CAPACITANCE
_)
7OOu FORMAT(IH
)
750Q'FORMAT(iHi_Ri=_F7.3_3X_2-t,F6,%_3X_R3=_FS,i_3X
I_R_=_sF7,i_3X_R5=I_FS,$s3X_R6=_FS,3_3X_IRS=I_F6,3
2_3X_M=I_I2_3X_=_I3_3X_RuN
NO, =_I@)
BOO0
FORMAT(IHO_TIME
=_,FT,5_SX_TRISE
"_FT,5_SX_IUCOEF
I =_F10,5)
CALL EXZT
Ergo
SUBROUTINE
BANSgL(C_N_M_V_IO)
OIMENSION
CIID_MI_V(I))
IMPLICIT
REAL*B(A-H_O-Z)
L (M+i_/2
Li=L-i

=o
=_
=_

TABLE

12.

(Concluded)

00 2 IR %mLi
LRmL"
IR
DO 2 I " %sLR
O0 i
J 2_M
% CIIR_Jmt)
C(IRJJ)
NPi
N + i '= IR
MPI = M + i " I
C(NP_MP1)
0.0
Z C(IR*M)
C(NPi,Mm%)
N% " N " i
DO 9 I " i_Ni
IPIV " I
IRE " I + i
DO 3 IR " IRE eL.
IF(ABS(CIIR_i)),_E,kBs(CCIPIV,iI|)
IPIV
IR
3 CONTINUE
IFIIPIV,EQ*I;
0,0 TO 5
T = V1)
V(I)
- V(IPIV)
V(IPIV)
- T
OO 4 J isM
T (IaJ)
C(laJi
C(IPIVJJi
N C(IPIVsJ)
" T
5 V{I)
v|I)/C[I_1)
DO 6 d 2aM
6 C(IaJ}
C(I,J)/:(Is%)
OQ 8 IR - IRE_L
T C(IR8%)
V(IRi
V(IR)
" T_'V(I)
DO 7 J m 2aM
7 C(IRad"_)
C(IR_J)
= T_C(Imd|
8 C(IR*MI
0,0
IF(L*EQ'N)
BO TO 9
L m L + l
9 CONTINUE
V(N)
V(NI/C(N,,1)
JM - 2
O0 12 ICE 1_'_2
IR N " ICE
O0 %0 J =' 2*JM
IRM% " IR m I + J
10 V(IR)
- VIIR)
. :(IRaJ)_VIIRMI)
IF(JM,E@,M)
GO TO I%
JM - JM + 1
1% CONTINUE
RETURN
END

$6

O0

TO 3

TABLE

C **_

13.

COMPUTER
PROGRAM
FOR BASE
INCREASE
IN TEMPERATURE

EXPOSED

TO A STEP

CONSTANT
BASE TE_mERkTURE
PROGRAM
DIMENSION
A12_3aT),
T1(3,82),
T2(2#3),
QH(;_82)j
QV(3
1,82),
C(3,82),
F(E_3},
TEXC(2_3),
D(2_3),
ME_T(2_3)
IMPLIC|T
REAL*8(A=H*O-Z)

C _*
C

R5 =
_**_,_

(K/OEN_CP)/(<_/DENW_CP_)

C _*

READ(5,_98)
RI_R2,
R3*R_*RS*Rb,DELT
READ(5,999)
NR,M_N
COMPUTATIONAL
PAqkMETERS
_*_

J R6

"

HMELT/CPW_TMELT

OT 0.00050
ITT6
C_ 1,0
TMELT = l*O
ITTT
1
TPHASE R6
AN N
AM M
@LATM
_M*AN
M_ m
M+_
M_ M_
N_mNel
N2N+_

C *_*

10

20

k = M2
CD (Ri**2I*(AM*_E)
INITIAL
VALUES
_QS 0.0
SQF 0,0
SQQ 0'0
SQTo'O
SQL 0'0
QLAT
O'O
EBOTo,
0
TTCBO'O
TBOT 0'0
TIME
0,0
QTOT1
0'0
O0 10
I taLL
F(I)
1'0
MELT(I)O
TEXC(II
0,0
DO _0 IiaM1
TI(I*t)mTINDE6T
_0 _0 JB_aN_
TIII_JI
TIN

57

TABLE

13.

(Continued)

C
_*_
HORIZONTAL
CON3JCTA.wCESaVERT|CAL
C
_CAPACITANCES
*_
C _*
ARE CALCULATED
_*_
_V{i_i)
= 0.0
00 30 J=2JN%
oO 30 %mZiM%
OH(I_J)
i=O
C(IJJ)
l*O
30 QV(IJJ)
I*O
O0 _0 d 2aN%
C(isJ)
(R_*AMI/(2,O_R5mR3)
GV(iaJI
(AM*RW)/(2'omR3)
GH(2aJ)
2.0/(%,0
_ AM/{2'O_R3_Rw)}
GHIM2_J)O=O
_0 GM(laJ)
0.0
DO 50 I 2sMi
C(I_N2IC(IJil
QV(la2)
2,01(%,0
QV(IaNEIGV(Is8)
GV(Ia$)
0,0
5u

GHIIsN2ImGH{I_%
_H(%_1]
0,0
GH(%_N_)O.O

GHi2_%)

58

(Ri_A_/(R2"R_))}

_,O_R_/((R_/R_)_(I'O/(_'O_R3}

GVii;2I
R$1(R3_(i,OIAM
GV(i_N2)GV(I;2)

CO4DU:TANCES

i =OI&MII

Ri/R2))

Cti_N2)=C(%_%}
_O 55 I'%_M_
55 TTCB=TTCB+C{I_%)
_
TEMPERATURES
_T EACH NODE CALCULATE)
e_
wRITE
(6_7250)
N_
wRITE(6*?500)
R%_ R2_ R3_ R_
R5*
R6_ DELT_
60 T|_E
= TIME
+ DT
00 70 I I_LL
O0 70 J = i_Li
70 A(I+J)
=0,0
O0 80 J2_Ni
O0 80 I i_M%
K (J'2)_Mi
+ I
IF
(J'NE_)
QO TO 75
O(K)
C(Z_J)_Ti(I_J)/ICo*DT]-QV(I_J)_T%(I_J=%)
QO TO 7_
75 D(K) "C(I_J)
_ Ti{I_J)/(CDeDT)
ALK_L'M%)
_Vll_J}
79
AiK_L+_I)
- GV(I,Jl)

_*

TABLE

_{_aLl

-GfflI+ImJl

1_Cu}l-_i(IJJ)
A(K_L-%I
= GH([sJ)
_O
A(KsL+_)
= Q_lI+_aJ)
dO 90 I=_sml
K= N*mi+I
AIK_L)
" "GH(I_N2)
&(OT_CO)
AIKaL'_)
= GH(I_N2)
AIKsL+$)
= GH(I+I_2
_J AIK_L=_1%)
= GV(InN_)

11_

12_
*_

13,

"

(Continued)

GV(laJi

_(I$_N2)

GVII_j&)=ICIIaJ)/IOT

@VIIsN2)

" C(I_N2)/

DIK)
- .CIIsN2),TILI_N2i/(uT,CO}
CALL
_ANSOL
(A_L_sL%_DoLL)
QQ _20
I = CsLL
r2(ll
= O(ll
dUALITY
CALCOLATZD
_
O0 150 J=2_N1
_0 150 I=2_H1
K=IJ'2)_
+ I
IFimELTiKI.EQ,I)
33 TO $50
IF(T2(K),GT.TMELT)TExC(K)
= TExC(K)
+ IT2(<)
=
IF(T2(K),GT,T_ELT}F(K)
= _*0 = TEXC(_)/iRB_TME.T)_

liK)=T_ELT
IFITECIKI.aE.TP4_BEIT2(KI=TmELT+TEXC(<
I_KI=O,O;_ELT(K)=I
15v
CO,wTI_w_E
O0 %60 J = 2_N2
DO %60 I I_%
K = (J'2)_M_
+ I
160
TI(I_J}
- T2(KI
dLAT
= O'O
dO %70 J= 2_N1
O_ C70
I = 2_1
K (J=_}_
+ I
IBOT
O'O
_0 175
Il_Ml
_75
E_oT=EBOT+(C(I_
I)_(T%II_I)'fI_))
TBjT=TIN+IEBOT/TTC3)
EBuT-O.O
TRISE
= TBOT
" T4ELT
_
ENERGY
BALANCE)
_
SQF = 0,0
SOd O'O
5dl' = 0'0
5Q5 O'O
SQL O'O
DO 2_0 J = 2_NI
200 S_F = SOF + (CiI_JI_(T%(t_J}

TMELT)
T2

)-T_HA_

TINI/RB)

59

TABLE

220

220

280
2_0
tSO0

998
999
2000
7250
7500

BOO0

13.

(Continued)

O0 220
Z = 1,H1
SQT=SQT+(C(I*N2)_(T_(Z,N2I'TZN)/R6)
SQB = SQB + (C(ZBt)_(Tt(Z*_)
= TZN)tR6)
00 220
d E_Nt
DO 220
I 2_M1
K m (J'2)_MI
+ Z
SQS=SQSe(C_(TEtK)-TZN)_FtK)/R6)
SQLeSQL+(CW_(T2(K)=TIN)_(2*O'F(K))/R6)
QTOT2
- SQF + $_a
+ SQS + SQL + QLAT eS_T
QRATE (QTOT2=QTDT_)/DT
UCOEF
(QRATE_RS)/((TBOT'THELT)_(H_2)_RI_
1/(2_R3))
QTOTI=QTOT2
FMELT
QLAT/IAH_IN)
IF
(ABB(QLATM
= :6AT),LT*O,O002)
QO TO tSO
IF
(TIHE*EQ*DT)
[TTT
ITTT
+
IF
(TZHE*EQ'DT)
30 TO 180
ZF |ZTT.NE*ZTTT)
ZTTT
ZTTT
+ 2
IF
(ZTT*NE*ITTT)
30 TO 2_0
ZTTT 1
*RITE
(6,8000)
TI_E,TRISE*UCOEF
WRITE
(6a1500!
S3aS@B,SQT,SGIS,SQL,@LAT,
gI':TEarMELT
ZF(ABS(GLATH
= QbAT).QT,O,000t)
GO TO 60
FORMAT(IH
,20X,
IS_r
='*FlO*5*5Xa*g@B
"*FIO'5*SX**SQT
I =*aF20.5,5X,
/*tlX*'SQS
'*FIO*5,SX*'SC]L
=IaFIO*5*4X
2*'QLAT
',FlO.5,
tm ;Ox*
*QTOT *,FtO,5,_X,
IF_IEL.T
=l
3.F10.5)
FORMATi 7F20.5)
FORMAT(3Z3)
FORMAT(1Htl
FORMAT
(1HI_XafRUN
NO* _s I_)
FORMAT_INOogXe_RI
=Jo?7"3e3X_R2
"_,'R6"2o3_o'R3
JP
l#FS'2_3X#'R_
-l_:7.1#/_lOX_'R5
='*FS*I_SX_'R6
='-_F5'3
2,_X,_DELT
=_,F6._,3K,_M
. i,
Z2,SX,
IN el,|_)
FORMAT(1HO_gX**T_E
=**F7'5*5X**TRZSE
*_FT*5,
SX
1,'UCOEF
=_,F10,5)
WR_TE (6,2000)
CALL EXIT
END

SUBROUT|NE
8ANSD6 ( C_ NNEH, MNF'W_ V, I'D )
IMPLICIT
REAL_S( _=H, O-Z_
DIMENSION
C(ID_M)mVIZD)
L (MNEW+I)/2
Li
L .. 1
00 2 _R 1_L1
LR " L = ZR
DO _ _ _LR
O0 1.
J 2_HNE_
% C(ZR_'J'$)
= C(IR_J)
NPI NNCW
$ IR
MPI
HNE_/ + I " Z

6O

TABLE

5
6

7
8

%1

(Concluded)

CINP_aMPI)
" 0,0
CIIRaMNEW)
" CIN_%aMP1)
N_ " NNEW " 1
O0 9 I laN2
ZPIV
I
IRE " I + %
00 3 IR " IRE
ak
IFIABS(C(IRai)I,_E,ABS(CIIPIV*I)))
IPIV IR
CONTINUE
IF{IPIVIEQeI)
QO TO 5
T " V(I}
V(l)
V(IPIV)
VIIPIV)
m T
DO _ J %mMNEW
T " C(laJ)
C(laJ)
m C(IPIVaJ)
C(IPIVaJ)
- T
V(I}
- V(1)/C(la%)
O0 6 d 2_MNEW
C(IsJ)
- C(ImJl/:(lat)
00 8 IR " IREaL
T C(IRal)
V(XRI
V(IR)
- T_V(X)
00 7 J 2mMNEW
C(XRsJml)
C(XR_J)
m T*C(X_J)
C(IRJMNEW)
m OmO
IF(LmEQ,NNEW)
30 TO 9
LmL$
CONTINUE
V(NNEW)
V(NNEW)/C(NNEWJ_)
JM 2
00 11 ICE i_1
IR - NNEW m ICE
2mJM
IRMi " IR " i J
V(IR)
- C(IRaJ).V(IRMi}
IF(JM,EQ,MNEW)
G3 TO ii
JM JM i
CONTINUE
RETURN
END
O0

iO

13.

V(IR)

%0

QO TO

61

IF(T2(K).

LT.TMELT)TEXCfK)=TEXC(K)-(T2(K)-TMELT)

IFfT2(K).

LT.TMELT)F(K)=

1.0-TEXC(K)/(R6*TMELT);

IF(TEXC(K).GE.TPHASE)T2(K)=TMELT-TEXC

T2(K)=TMELT

(K)+TPHASE;F(K)=0.0

;MELT(K)

=l.0.
c.

In statement

170, change

d.

In the line above

sign to give QLAT

statement

= QLAT-(1.0-F(K)).

220 and statement

220,

make

changes

to give

SQ S= SQS +(CW * (T 2 (K)-T 1N )*(1.0-F(K)/R6)


220 SQL=SQ L+(CW*(T2(K)-TIN)*F(K)/R6)

An extensive
parametric
study for the case of melting
with the initial PCM
temperature
at the fusion temperature
was conducted
using the computer
program given in
Table 12. This parametric
study is discussed in more detail and the results are presented
in
Section IV.

IV.

GENERAL

A.
Presented

in this section

are some

PARAMETRIC

STUDY

Introduction
details

and typical

results

of a parametric

study

for a particular
phase change
device application.
Since there are many phase change
device applications,
each having its own unique
constraints,
it would be unrealistic
to
propose
that the results obtained
for a particular
set of conditions
and constraints
could
be quantitatively
extrapolated
to other
conditions
and constraints.
However,
results
obtained
for a particular
case such as those presented
herein may afford valuable insight,
qualitatively,
into such considerations
as trends and acceptable
operating ranges.
1
shown

The parametric
study consisted
of a thermal analysis of the symmetrical
half-cell
in Figure 29 with the base exposed
to a constant
heat flux density.
The model

and assumptions

are described

in Section

B.

Section

62

Numerical
III.

results

have

been

111.

Scope and Definitions


obtained

using

the implicit

formulation

described

in

A band
comparison
to
routine.

algorithm
[141 was used to reduce
that which would
have been required

tile required
conaputcr
storage in
using a general
matrix
inversion

Of the seven dimensionless


variables
previously
given, some of
parameters
were considered
to be fixed for the computations.
Independent
all seven parameters
would render the problem untractable.
By selection

of a particular

dimensionless
parameters
typically
used in most
commonly
used as the
computations.
For the
computations
for these
Table 14, the values for

PCM and

metal

for the

housing

and

the physical
variation
of

fins,

the

three

denoted
by R4, Rs, and R6 are all fixed. Since aluminum
was
of the previous phase change device applications
and paraffin was
PCM, properties
corresponding
to these materials were used in the
results presented
herein, the representative
properties
used in the
materials
are given in Table 14. With the property
values given in
the fixed dimensionless
ratios are

R4 = 1069
R s = 753
and
R6

= 0.381

Values of the geometrical


variables
and the heat flux density chosen for tile numerical
predictions
are based on a survey of past applications.
Tile values are listed in Table 15.
For the range of variables
outlined
in Table
15, there are 300 possible
combinations
which
indicates
the need for an equal number
of computer
runs to obtain
results
encompassing
these conditions.
Because of the large number of computer
runs involved, it
was not practical
to conduct
a sensitivity
study for each run on the choice of M and N
and DT, a suggestion
outlined
in Section
III under
the instructions
for using the
computer
programs.
The choice of M and N was made such that the node size S for the
range of geometric
variables given in Table 15 never exceeded
an approximate
value of
0.254 cm (0.1 in.). This value, for some cases, was not sufficiently
small to avoid there
being an effect on the character
of the transient
results. This is discussed
later in this
section.
Specifically,
for the results
shown
hereafter
in this section,
the parametric
computations
were performed
for the case of melting only. The entire cell was considered
to be initially at the fusion temperature
of the PCM and in the solid phase.
If one assumes that the phase change is reversible, the results can also be applied
to freezing.
There
is evidence,
however,
that
the rate
of freezing
is typically
underpredicted
by the model.
However,
in most designs,
these
data will indicate
conservatively
slower
freeze
rates than
actually
occur.
Additional
discussion
of the
freezing case is presented
in Section V.
63

TABLE 14. PCMAND METAL PROPERTIES


USEDIN COMPUTATIONS

kg :lbm

Material

m''3
Metal

80

PCM

TABLE

kJ

kg-C

\ f-0"-]

2707

One Half-Fin

Fin Thickness,

Btu

(0.21)

(50)

2.09

(0.50)

Spacing,

s c-m-C
160.9

S_

Density,

ci"

Melt
Temperature
K

(R)

291.7

(525)

\ Ibm/

(93)

0.15

(0.087)

232.4

AND HEAT
STUDY

(100)

FLUX

DENSITY

cm
(in.)

1.27
(0.5)

2.54
(1.0)

5.08
(2.0)

10.16
(4.0)

20.32
(8.0)

cm

0.127

0.254

0.508

1.016

2.032

(in.)

(0.05)

(0.1)

(0.2)

(0.4)

(0.8)

cm
(in.)

0.0127
(0.005)

0.0508
(0,020)

O. 127
(0.050)

cm

0.0635

(in.)

(0.025)
1076.4

2152,8

4305,6

6458.3

(341.4)

(682.9)

(1365.7)

(2048.6)

Heat Flux

kg

OF GEOMETRIC
VARIABLES
CHOSEN FOR THE NUMERICAL

$2

Base Plate Thickness,

'_

\Ibm:F/

0.88

Heat of
Fusion

Conductivity

(169)

15. VALUES

Cell Height,

Thermal

Specific
Heat

Density

s-m 2

Btu
h-ft 2

The problem
is transient
in character.
The computer
program provides a printout
of a number
of computed
quantities
at time intervals
which can be chosen as any
multiple
of the time increment
used in the numerical
expressions.
The quantities
computed
at each time included
the temperature
difference
between
the base and the
melt

temperature

(ATb),

an overall

heat

transfer

coefficient

(U), the latent

energy

which

represents
the amount
of PCM which has melted (QLAT), and the sensible energy stored
in the fin (SQS), the base (SQB), the cover (SQT), the solid PCM (SQS), and the liquid
PCM (SQL). Computations
automatical';:
terminate
when all the PCM has melted.
For the geometry
considered
unit area of the base is expressed
by
64

here,

the

latent

energy

associated

with the PCM per

F_'-

2phfH

(22)

2 + S2/W

This parameteris defined becauseit is useful in expressingthe latent energystorage


capabilityof the device.In usingequation(22) to determinethe latent energystorage
capability,the appropriateareato usewith this equationis the insideplan areaof the
device.This leadsto a negligibleerror sinceequation(22) is basedon a symmetricalcell
and the two outermostend cellsof the deviceare unsymmetrical.The latent energyis
linearlyrelatedto H for fixed valueso S2 andW.
C.

Results

For the range of H, W, $2, and the physical properties


considered
in
equation
(22) is represented
graphically
in Figures 33 through 35. Also shown
for infinite W which corresponds
to the case for which the entire housing is
PCM without
fins. The effect of increasing fin thickness is readily apparent
by
the curves shown in Figures 33 through 35.
An important
consideration,
especially
in temperature
control
temperature
rise of the base. Ratios of the base temperature
rise at the
melting
to the absolute
fusion temperature
of the PCM for the range
considered
herein
are shown
plotted
versus W in Figures
36 through
examined
range, the base temperature
rise increases with an increase in W.
set of parameters,
the data indicate
that the temperature
rise approaches

this study,
is the case
filled with
comparing

design, is the
termination
of
of conditions
50. Over the
For a specified
an asymptotic

value which corresponds


to expected
behavior since the problem should reduce to that of
a one-dimensional
case as W becomes
large. It is also expected
that the temperature
rise
would increase at very small values of W as the problem approaches
that for the heating
of a metal slab. Computations
were not performed
for these very low values of W. It
should also be noted that some of the values for the base temperature
rise which are
shown are too large to be of much practical
significance;
some of these are included,
however,
to indicate
trends and to facilitate
approximate
interpolation.
For some of the
larger heat-flux-density
cases, the curves are terminated
at lower values of W than they
are for the lower heat-flux-density
cases because the resultant
temperature
rises are much
too large for practical considerations.
In Figures 36 through
50 as well as in all subsequent
figures showing results of
the parametric
study, computed
data are represented
by solid circles. Curves have been
faired through
the points; it should be recognized,
however, that the value for points on
the curve between two computed
values are only approximate.
The
Figures
51
indicate
the
attributable
discussed in

data shown in Figures 36 through


through
62. For some geometries
presence
of a relative maximum
to the two-dimensional
character
more detail in Appendix
B.

50 are cross plotted


versus fin height in
within the considered
range, the curves
and a relative minimum.
This feature is
of the problem.
This characteristic
is

65

375O

S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)

350O

3250

3000

2750

2500

2250

t'N

=E

2OO0

I,LI

1750

1500

1250
W
cm

CURVE

(in.)

IOO0
1

750

5OO

co

oo

2
3

2.032
1.016

(0.8)
(0A)

4
5

0.508
0.254

(0.2)
(0.1)

0.127

(0.05)

250

10

12

H,

14

16

18

20

22

cm

H, in.

Figure

66

33.

Latent

energy storage per unit base area versus


thickness of 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.).

Im nelgnt

Ior Im

3750

4.0

3500

S2 = 0.0508 cm (0,02 in.)


3250

3000

2750

250O

225O

,=l

,r., 2O0O
:2.
I,g

1750

1500

1250

1000
CURVE

1.0

750

500

250

0
0

cm

(in.)

oo

oo

2
3

2.032
1.016

(0.8)
(0.4)

4
5

0.508
0.254

(0.2)
(0.1)

0.127

(0.05)

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H,

;m

H, in.

Figure 34.

Latent

energy storage per unit base area versus


thickness of 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.).

tin height

for fin

67

3750

3500

3250

3000

2750

/
4.0 t
S2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)

3.5

3.0
2500

2250

2.5

,750

2.o

CURVE

11)

12

H,

W
cm

(in.)

oo

oo

2.032

(0.8)

1.016

(0.4)

4
5

0.508
0.254

(0.2)
(0.1)

0.127

(0.05)

14

16

18

20

22

cm

H, in.

Figure

68

35.

Latent

energy storage per unit base area versus


thickness of O. 127 cm (0.05 in.).

fin height

for fin

)1
Uo
Jj.
-- UO
)1
14o q.LV

69

r<

o,_

)4

?0

_10

--'_
14o ql_

r_

c_

(D
(1J

O
U_
O

c_

d
A

_o
cr_

oo
0_
r%

o
II

3:_n

_4
_lo
-- UO
)l
Uo

_/
qlv

?1

72

oE_
.o

c--

-'

c_

tt

i
,t

;
-.,JO

73

_ w
o

_ q
o

L,

r_

0J

o_=
0oo

"_o
,.,4

t_
o

_ el.
o

I
o

I
o

)1
Ho J'l
- HO
"
)1
Uo qlV
74

II

m
C:b

O
'._,

00
O

\
_Z_

II

O
C'4
c
_D

_N

_o

,:E

._

v
U

6_

I
O

I
O

"75

c_

,_ _

"t::I "-:'.

_.
o

Bo
*"

t'-i

_E
E_
o
I|

0,,_

o
o

:_

Uo Jl

- UO
"
)1
Uo q.l.V
76

_0

EE
O00
=O
0

_
O

_d

_d

,4

o,_

7"/

;>

-_ <5
i
_-"
0

oo
o

O0

._,._

Na

Nm

...q

)i
Ho #1
- HO
'
)1
I:lo qlV

78

m.
o

(D

;;;> ,-4

In
o

o
o

_c;

t_
o

I "_

No

II

Il

,d

II

I
o

)I

HO

'
I:1o

qj._,

79

L,

o.
0

0
-'-_0

o,...4
0

0
o

,z

c4

c_ 0

2,*
el
0

t"-

0
0

)1
I:10
I:10_
)1

8O

_1

I:1o qJ.V

CD
0

emt_
0

t_

.,.._

II

_6

81

oo

m.

82

)1

Ido _J.

)1

H0 qJ.V

>

ii

83

II
_,

_oo
>d

QQ
4"O
I:

ii

84

_:_

_0
0
II

L.

,,,_

,q.
_O

O0
_O
0
-II

o_-. _ ._._

N'_

-'_
f_

i
q..._
c
e,- .-

_E
'-J

L.

,r'O
II II

'or_"

o
0

x
)1

Uo ;z
_10

"
Uo

qlV

85

GO
0
N

cO
F-

ro

-t
0

_D

t'N

'1"

CO

m
t'N

Ec5

v.-

Oc;
li

It

._-_

I
0

- UO_-N
Uo q.LV

$6

oo

tl

r,D

>d

Ln

_E

0_

=c:;
0
.I.

_=

>1
_1

Uo,

Jl

Uo

qlV

UO_

87

_.

_.

_!

_.

)4
Uo Jl
- UO _
)4
Uo ql_

88

II

/
I

Uo q_v

89

OD

II

qf-

*:3'
--

(f)

::._
_0
O

LN
it_".0

o d
oE

_a-a0

_f

_z
u3

_N

I
w-

_-

I
r.

I
_

I
v.-

I
*-

9-

)g
31

90

I
O
UO

UO

O
t L

'
U

qJ.V

I
O

I
O

I
O

I
O

I
O

gO
C,

O0

--

r,D

'q'

_o

r_

_oc_

oo

o,-,"z"

_:

_ """

II

"-

_
.-_

Nm
'_

t--

r"

t_
I..0

O0

,1:1" C'
I!

II

:'
N
0" _')

0
0

C_

N
-frO
N

EIo, _1
Eio ql_

91

Lr_
0

c:;
II

_Q
_0

>d

E_

c_
c_

.'o-_

i
0

!
0

0
)1
--

)1

92

I
O

Uo
UO

JJ.
'

Uo qJ._7

fl

c_
II

II

I
m.
e_

o.
e

_.

m.

v-

q'-

_1o, JJ.
UO _
_1oq.L_7

93

00

II
e,D
I-i

_E
N

_o
oO

_d
O

z"

LN

II

q
0

}1
- HO
N

94

Uo

Jl
'
Ido ql_

I:1

GO

r_
(-%
oo

II

to

Ln

Er'0
o

"
II

.,-q
0

A
t_l

t"-,I

E_

95

The basetemperaturerisesshown in Figures36 through 62 correspondto the


terminationof melting. If the entire amountof PCMis not melted,the temperaturerise
of the basemay be considerablylessthan that reflectedin Figures36 through62. Asan
indication of the transientbehaviorof the basetemperature,certaintransientdata are
plotted in Figures63 through 77. For somecases,the basetemperaturerise remains
relativelylow over a largepercentageof the phasechangeprocessand risesrapidly near
the end of the process.In other cases,the rise occurs nearly uniformly throughout
the
phase change
process.
In either case, designs
through
62 should be conservative,
especially

based on the data


if the design does

shown in Figures 36
not require
complete

melting
of the PCM. However,
as indicated
by these data, in cases where base plate
temperature
control
is the object,
it may be more desireable
to limit phase change
in order to avert unreasonable
fin spacing and/or heights.
Some of the curves shown in Figures 63 through
77 exhibit fluctuations
in the
transient
base temperature.
For those curves where a sharp rise occurs in the computed
base temperature
(e.g., the upper
curve in Figure 63), the accuracy
with which the
predictions
describe
the actual physical variation
is questionable,
particularly
during the
early part of the transient.
The computing
model attempts
to predict the behavior
of a
continuous
system with use of a limited number
of finite size nodes. Since the phase
change is handled
in the model by forcing an entire node to remain at the phase change
temperature
until sufficient
energy has accumulated
to account for the phase change, one
would expect
some stepping
in the results unless the nodes are made very small. This,
however,
is related
to the choice
of M and N, which
in turn dictates
computed
requirements.
Since the problem
examined
in the parametric
study involved a step input
of a constant
heat flux at the base, the initial level to which the computer
temperature
rises is dependent
on the node size. The influence
of N on the computed
results is
illustrated
in Figure 63 for three runs, in Figure 64 for one run, and in Figure 65 for one
run. For these selected runs, computations
are shown for N values of 5 and 10. When 5
is used, a horizontal
row of nodes represents 20 percent
of the PCM. Obviously,
the
precise
detail
of the transient
variation
is affected
in each case, but the principal
difference
is at the beginning;
it appears that increasing N results in a smoothing
out of
the fluctuations
and shortens
the initial plateau.
The general trend of the results remains
consistent
and there appears to be only a slight effect in the latter stages of a run. For
reference
purposes
the values of N used in the computations
are given for the respective
curve in Figures 63 through 77.
The time required
for the PCM to melt is depicted
graphically
in Figures 78
through
89, These
times exceed
those
which
would
be required
by purely
latent
considerations
because of the effect of sensible heating.
Since there is a certain
amount
of sensible energy storage,
ratios of the total
stored energy at the termination
of melting to the latent energy required to change phase
of the PCM are shown plotted
versus heat flux density at the base in Figures 90 through
104.
A few additional
computer
runs were made
to examine
the influence
of the fusion temperature
the base at the termination
of melting. The results
Figures 105 through
107.
96

for selected values of the parameters


on the predicted
temperature
rise of
of these computations
are shown in

20O

190
el" = 1076.4 J/s-m2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)
180

S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)


H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.)

170

160

150

140

130

#:
O

o=lo
=
o
x
k-

<3

W cm (in.)

1
/

10

I
s

!
I

20

10

s I
10

"

00

0.1

20

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

FRACTION
Figure

63.

Transient

for H = 1.27

base

temperature

cm (0.5

in.)

and

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

MELTED
rise versus
S 2 = 0.0127

fraction

of PCM

cm (0.005

melted

in.).
97

200

190

180
el" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)
S2 = 0.0508 cm (0.020 in=)
H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.)

170

160

150

140

130
120
,,,'Iv

O
o,,-i
o"
o

110
o

100

9O

80

70

60

50
W cm (in.)

40

30

2.032 (0.8)

20

1.01 6 (0.41
10

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

FRACTION

Figure

98

0.6

0.7

08

0.9

1o0

MELTED

64. Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
for H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) and S 2 = 0.0508 cm (0.020 in.).

200

190

180
1" = 1076.4
170

S2 = 0.127

--

J/s-m 2 1341.4 Btu/h-ft

2)

cm 10.050 in.)

H = 1.27 cm (0.5 in.}


160

150--

"-'Iv

140

--

130

--

120

--

110

--

n,-

p')
C_
t,,X

100--

90--

80--

70

--

60

--

50

--

40

--

W cm (in.)

t10
/

2O

10

0
0

Figure

65.

Transient
for

H = 1.27

base
cm

temperature
(0.5

in.)

rise
and

$2

versus
= 0.127

fraction
cm

(0.05

of

PCM

melted

in.).

99

20O

190

180

1"= 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)

170

S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)


H = 2.54 cm (1 in.)

160

150

10

140
130

W cm

(in.)

1
x

10

8O

70

10

3O
20
2O
40
10
0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

FRACTION
Figure

66.

Transient

for H = 2.54
100

base

temperature

cm (1 in.)

and

0.6

I
0.7

I
0.8

I
0.9

I
10

of PCM

melted

MELTED

rise versus
$2 = 0.0127

fraction
cm (0.005

in.).

200
190
1"= 1076.4 J/s-m2 (341.4 Btu/%ft 2)

180

S2 = 0.0508 cm (0.020 in.)


H = 2.54 cm (1 in.)
170
160

150

140

130

_1 V
nO
o1o

n-

120

10

110

100

V"

9O

<1
v

W cm (in.)

80
70

10

6O

50
40
10

3O
20

20
10
0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

FRACTION
Figure

67.

Transient

for H = 2.54

base

temperature

cm (1 in.)

and

0.6

0.7

0.8

0,9

1.0

of PCM

melted

MELTED

rise versus
$2 = 0.0508

fraction
cm (0.020

in.).

101

2OO
190

180

170

160
tl" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)
S2 = 0o127 cm (0.050 in.)
H = 2.54 cm (1.0 in.)

150

140
130

120
,_,1 v
oc
O

N
110
10

0
X

90

8O
W cm (in.)

70

10

50

40

30

10

20
2O

10
0254
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

27 (0.05)
0.5

FRACTION
Figure

68.

Transient
for H = 2.54

102

base

temperature

cm (1 in.)

and

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

of PCM

melted

MELTED

rise versus
S 2 = 0.127

fraction
cm (0.05

in.).

2OO
_1" = 1076o4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)
S2 = 0,0127 cm (0.005 in.)

190

H = 5.08 crn (2.0 in.)


180

170

160

W cm (in.)

150

140

130

120
n_
0
o

110
o

100

o
Ipi

9O

80
70

60

5O
40

4O

30

20

10
0
0

0.1

I
0.2

I
0.3

I
0.4

|
0.5

FRACTION

I
0.6

I
0.7

I
0.8

I
09

!
1o0

MELTED

Figure 69. Transient base temperature


rise versus fraction of PCM melted
for H = 5.08 cm (2 in.) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.).
103

200
190
1"= 1076o4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/IPft 2)

180

S2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)


H = 5.08 cm (2 in.)

170

160
N

150

15

140
130

120
nO

110
W cm (in.)

m"

11111

v
80

70

50

40

30

20

2O
40
10

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

I
0.6

I
0.7

I
0.8

I
0.9

I
1.0

fraction
of PCM
cm (0.02 in.).

melted

FRACTIONMELTED
Figure

104

70.

Transient
base temperature
for H = 5.08 cm (2 in.) and

rise versus
$2 = 0.0508

200
190

180

1" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)


S2 = 0.127 cm (0.050 in.)
H = 5.08 cm (2.0 in.)

170

160

150

140

Vl_

130

120

15

CC

110

O')"

100

t-"

90

W cm (in.)

80

7O

60

50

20

40
30

20

10
0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

FRACTION

Figure

71. Transient

base temperature

0.6

0.7

0.8

I
0.9

I
1.0

MELTED

rise versus fraction

for H = 5.08 cm (2 in.) and S_ = 0.127

cm (0.05

of PCM melted
in.).
105

400

380

360

_1" = 1076.4

J/s-m 2 (341.4

S2 = 0.0127

cm (0.005

H = 10,16

Btu/h-ft

2)

in.)

cm (4 in.)

340

320
N

300

3O
280

260

W cm (ino)

240
0
220
0
0

40

200

180

160

140
4O
120

100

8O

8O

60
160
40

2O

0
0

0ol

[
0.3

0.2

I
0.4

I
0.5

FRACTION
Figure

72.
for

106

Transient
H =

10.16

base
cm

temperature
(4

in.)

and

I
06

I
0.8

[
0.9

[
1.0

MELTED
rise

$2

I
0.7

versus

= 0.0127

fraction
cm

(0.005

of

PCM
in.).

melted

200

_1'" = 1076.4

190

J/s-m 2 (341.4

S2 = 0.0508
H = 10.16

180

cm (0.020

Btu/h-ft

2}

in.)

cm (4 in.)

170

160

30

150

140

130
W cm (in.)
120
v

i ,.,,
o..
0

110

100
C)
TX

9O

40

80

70

60

50
40
40

30

20

10

0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

FRACTION
Figure

73.

Transient
for

H =

base
10.16

cm

temperature
(4

in.)

S:

08

0.9

1.0

PCM

melted

MELTED

rise
and

0.7

versus

= 0.0508

fraction
cm

(0.02

of

m.).
107

200

190
1" " 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h_ft 2)
S2 = 0.127 cm (0.050 in.)
H - 10.16 cm (4 in.)

180

170 --

160-150--

140--

130-N

120--

_1_

30

110 --

W cm (in.)

100--

Iv)
O
Im

90--

80--

70

6O

50
40
40

3O

20

10
0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0,4

0.5

FRACTION
Figure

74.

Transient

base

for H = 10.16
108

temperature

cm (4 in.)

and

0.6

0.7

0.9

I
1.0

of PCM

melted

0.8

MELTED

rise versus
$2 = 0.127

fraction
cm (0.05

in.)

8O0
el" = 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)
S2 = 0.0127

cm

(0.005

in.)

H = 20.32 cm (8 in.)

72(

680

64O
600
N

560

\
6O

520

480
W cm (in.)

O
440
O

O
O
v-

400
80
360

320

280
8O

240

200

160

160

120
320

80

0.17
40
0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

FRACTION

Figure

75.

Transient

for H = 20.32

base temperature

0.8

0.9

1.0

MELTEU

rise versus fraction

cm (8 in.) and S: = 0.0127

of PCM melted

cm (0.005

in.).
109

200
Cl''=

1076.4

J/s-m 2 (341.4

S2 = 0.0508

190

H = 20.32

cm (0.02

Btu/h-ft

2)

in.)

cm (8 in.)

180

170

160
N

150

6O
140
W cm (in.)
130

120

Vl_
n,,

110

100

O
X

90

80

7O

8O

60

5O

4O

3O

10

0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

FRACTION
Figure

76.

Transient
for

110

H = 20.32

base
cm

temperature
(8 in.)

rise
and

$2

I
1.0

MELTED
versus

= 0.0508

fraction
cm

(0.02

of

PCM
in.).

melted

200
_1" = 1076.4
190

J/s-m 2 (341.4

S2 = 0.127
H = 20.32

cm (0.050

Btu/h-ft

2)

in.)

cm (8 in.)

180

170

160

150

140
N
130
60
120
Vl

V
W cm (in.)

n,.
O

110

"

100

O
X

8O

70
8O
60

5O

4O

3O

2O

10

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

0
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

FRACTION
Figure

77.

Transient
for

H = 20.32

base
cm

temperature
(8

in.)

MELTED
rise

and

I
1.0

versus

S_ = 0.127

fraction
cm

(0.05

of

PCM

melted

in.).

111

2O
70

-_1" = 1076.4 J/s-m2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)


S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)

18

60-16

14

50

40

30

--

20

--

12

J:

10

10--

o
0

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H,

cm

H, in.
Figure

78.

Time

(341.4

112

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
2 ) and

to melt

$2 = 0.0127

for c]" = 1076.4


cm (0.005

in.).

J/s-m z

18

_1'"= 1076.4 J/s-m 2 {341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)

6O

82 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)

16

14

5O

12
4O

10
e.,
4,,,

3O

2O

10

I
2

I
4_

I
6

I
8

I
10

I
12
H,

I
14

I
16

I
18

2O

22

cm

H, in.

Figure

79.

Time

(341.4

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
2 ) and

to melt

$2 = 0.0508

for _1" = 1076.4


cm (0.02

J/s-m 2

in.).

113

10
_1" -- 1076.4 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2}

35

S2 -- 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)

30
8

25

6
-_ 20

,g

T
W cm (in.)
15
4

10

5 --

0
0

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H,

cm

H, in.

Figure

114

80. Time required for PCM to melt for _1" = 1076.4


(341.4 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and S 2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.).

J/s-m 2

10
35

el" = 2152.8

J/s-m 2 (682.9

S2 = 0.0127

cm (0.005

Btu/h-ft

2)

in.)

30
8

25

6
20

e-

4-J

W cm (in.)

15
4

3
10

5
1

0
0

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H,

cm

H, in.

Figure

81. Time required for PCM to melt for _'t" = 2152.8


(682.9 Btu/h-ft 2) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.).

J/s-m =

115

3O
8

_1" = 2152.8 J/s-m2 (682.9 Btu/h-ft 2)


S2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)
7 -

25

6 20
5 -

._

J=

15

,,- 4

3 -

W cm (in.)

10

2 -

5
1 -

0 -

1
4

I
6

I
8

I
10

I
12
H,

I
14

i
lt"

I
18

20

cm

H, in.

Figure

82.

Time

(682.9

116

22

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
2 ) and

to melt

$2 = 0.0508

for _t''=
cm (0.02

2152.8
in.).

J/s-m

3O
8

_i" = 2152.8 J/s-m 2 (682.9 Btu/h-ft 2)


S2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
7-

25

6-2O
5-

/-

4 -

._ 15

3 10

2 -

W cm (in.)
1--

O-

0
0

I
2

I
4

I
6

I
8

I
10

I
12
H,

I
14

1
16

I
18

22

cm

H, in.

Figure

83.

Time

(682.9

required
Btu/h-ft

for
2 ) and

PCM

to melt

$2 = 0.127

for _t" = 2152.8


cm (0.05

J/s-m 2

in.).

117

el" = 4305.6 J/s-m 2 (1365.7 Btu/h-ft 2)


14

S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)

3.5
12

lO

W cm (in.)
2.5

e-

1.5

0.5

0
0

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H, cm
I
0

I
1

1
2

I
3

I
4

I
5

I
6

I
7

I
8

H, in.
Figure

84.

Time

(1365.7
118

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
_) and

to melt

S: = 0.0127

for _'t" = 4305.6


cm (0.005

in.).

J/s-m

_1" = 4305.6 J/s-m 2 (341.4 Btu/h-ft 2)

S2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)

14

3.5
12

10 -

2.5
8 -

6 W cm (in.)

1.5

4 -

2-

0.5

I
2

I
4

I
6

I
8

I
10

I
12

H,

I
14

I
16

I
18

20

22

cm

H, in.
Figure

85.

Time

(341.4

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
2 ) and

to melt

$2 = 0.0508

for _t" = 4305.6


cm (0.02

J/s-m 2

in.).
119

_1'"= 4305.6 J/s-m 2 (1365.7 Btu/h-ft 2)


S2 - 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)

14

3.5
12

10

2.5

8
.I

.ll

4"*

1.5

0.5

0
0

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H, cm

H, in.
Figure

86.

Time

(1365.7
120

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
2 ) and

to melt

$2 = 0.127

and

ct" = 4305.6

cm (0.05

in.).

J/s-m 2

18

4.5

16

tl" = 6458.3 J/s-m 2 (2048.6 Btu/h-ft2l


S2 - 0.0127 cm (0.005 in,)

14

3.5
12

3
10
,,:

2.5

1.5

0.5

0
0

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H, cm
i

i
2

I
8

H, in.

Figure

87. Time required for PCM to melt for _t" = 6458.3 J/s-m 2
(2048.6 Btu/h-ft 2 ) and $2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.).
121

4.0 -14

_1'""6458.3

J/s-m 2 (2048.6 Btu/l_ft 2)

S2 - 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)


3.5-12

10

3.0

2.5

...- 2.0

Q
4,J

1.5

1.0

2 0.5

I
2

I
4

I
6

I
8

I
10

I
12

I
14

I
16

I
18

I
20

I
22

H, cm
[

H, in.
Figure

88.

Time

(2048.6
122

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
2) and

to melt

S 2 = 0.0508

for _1" = 6458.3


cm (0.02

in.).

J/s-m

3.5
_1" = 6458.3 J/s-m 2 (2048.6 Btu/h-ft 2)

12

S2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)

3.0

10

2.5

8
2.0

6
1.5

1.0

t
W cm (in.)
0.5

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

H,

H, in.

lzigurc

89.

Time

(2048.6

required
Btu/h-ft

for PCM
2) and

to melt

$2 = 0.127

for _1" = 6458.3


cm (0.05

J/s-m

in.).

123

1.7

W = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)


S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)
1.6

1.S

20.32 (8)
1.4
O
O
tO
1.3

10.16 (4)
1.2

5.08 (2)

1.1
1.27 (0.5)

t
I
2

1.0 J'-

Hcm (in.)
I
4

1
3

I,
5

I
6

el", kJ/s"m2

I
300

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

Cl", Btu/h -ft2

Figure

90.

Energy
(0.05

124

ratio
in.)

and

versus

heat

flux

$2 = 0.0127

density
cm (0.005

for W = O. 127 cm
in.).

1.35
W=0.127cm(0.05in.)
S2 =0.0508
cm(0.02in.)
1.30

20.32(8)

1.25

I<(
,,.I

1.20

O
IO
IO

1.15
(4)

5.08 (2)

1.10

.27 (0.5)

t
H cm (in.)

1.05

1.0

el", kJ/s"m2

|
300

I
400

I
600

I
,
800

I
1000

I
1200

I
1400

I
1600

I
1800

I
2000

_", Btu/h-ft 2

Figure 91.

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0.127


(0.05 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.).

cm

125

1.30

W = 0.127

cm (0.05

in.)

S2 = 0.127

cm (0.05

in.)

1.25

1.20

(8)
,
.J

1.15

0
p0
10.16

(4)

1.10

2.54 (1)

t
1.05

Hcm

(in.)

1.0
1

_1", kJ/s-m 2

I
300

I
400

600

800

I
1000

I
el", Btu/h-ft

Figure

126

92.

I ,.,

1200

1400

1600

1800

2OOO

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 0.127 cm


(0.05 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.).
'

1.7
W = 0.254 cm (0.1 in.)
S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)
1.6

(8)

1.5

1.4
I-

(4)

Cl
I0
lcl
1.3

5.08 (2)

1.2
2.54 (1)

1.27 (0.5)
1.1

t
H cm (in.)

1.0
1

I", kJ/s-m 2
I
300

400

600

l
800

1000

1200

1400

I
1600

1800

2000

Cl", Btu/h -ft2

Figure

93.

Energy
(0.1

ratio
in.)

and

versus
S:

heat
= 0.0127

flux

density

cm (0.005

tbr W = 0.254

cm

in.).
127

1.35

1.30

1.25

1.20

o
1.15

1.10

1.05

1.ol
1

,I
5

1", kJ/$-m2

300

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

I
1800

1", Btu/h-ft2
Figure

94.

Energy
(0.1

128

ratio
in.)

and

versus

heat

S2 = 0.0508

flux

density
cm (0.02

for W = 0.254
in.).

cm

II
2O0O

1.35

W = 0.254 cm (0.1 in.)


S2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
1.30 l

1.25

1.20

20.32 (8)

O
(0.5)
1.15
(4}

1.10

2.54 (11

t
H cm (in.)

1.05

1.00

el", kJ/s-m2

300

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

I
1600

1800

2000

_1", Btu/h-ft 2
Figure

95.

Energy
(0.1

ratio
in.)

versus
and

heat

S 2 = 0.127

tlux

density

cm t0.05

for W = 0.254

cm

in.).
l 2 t_

W = 0.508 cm (0.2 in.)


S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in,)

(8)

(40

5.08 (2)

2.54 (1
.27 (0.5)

t
H cm (in.)

(i", kJ/s-m2

300 400

600

800

1400

1600

1800

2OOO

1000

1200

_1", Btu/h-ft 2
Figure

96.

Energy
(0.2

130

ratio
in.)

and

versus

heat

$2 = 0.0127

flux

density

cm (0.005

for W = 0.508
in.).

cm

1.7

_/=

0.508

S2 = 0.0508

cm (0.2 in.)
cm (0.02

in.)

(8)
O
kO
O

1.27

(0.5)

10.16
2.54

(4)

(1)

5.08 (2)

T
H cm (in.)

q fB , kJ/s-m 2

1
300

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

_1", Btu/h-ft

Figure

97.

I
1600

I
1800

II
2000

Energy ratio versus heat llux density tbr W = 0.508 cm


(0.2 in.) and Sa = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.).
131

1.7

W = 0.508 cm (0.2 in.)


S2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
1.6

H cm (in.)
k.
<
,.I
0
I.0
I0

1.0

I
1

Cl", kJ/s"m2

300

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

_", Btu/h-ft 2
Figure

132

98.

Energy
(0.2

ratio versus heat flux density


in.)and
$2 = 0.127
cm (0.05

for W = 0.508
in.).

cm

11
2OO0

(8.0)

10.16 (4.0)

0
ko
k0

5.o8 (2.o)

2.54 (1.0)

1.27 (0.5)

t
H cm (in.)

W = 1.016 cm (0.4 in.)


S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)

1", kJ/s-m2

300

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

I
2000

1", Btu/h-ft 2
Figure

99.

Energy
(0.4

ratio
in.)

and

versus

heat

$2 = 0.0127

flux

density

cm (0.005

for W = 1.016

cm

in.),
133

is

I
W = 1.016

cm (0.4 in.)

S2 = 0.0508

(0.020

in.)

o
I0
I0
H cm (in.)

1.1
1

cl", kJ/s'm 2

I
300

400

600

_JO0

1000

1200

I
1400

II

1600

1800

2OOO

1", Bt"/h-ft2

Figure

134

100.

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 1.016 cm


(0.4 in.) and $2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.).

1.8

W = 1.016 cm (0.4 in.)


S2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

t
Hcm (in.)

1.2

1.1

I", kJ/s-m2

800

1000

1200

300 400

1400

1600

I
1800

I
2O00

1". Btu/h-ft2
Figure

101.

Energy
(0.4

ratio
in.)

and

versus

heat

flux

$2 = O. 127

density

cm (0.05

for W --- 1.016

cm

in.).
135

2.5
.32 (8.0)
W = 2.032 cm (0.8 in.)
S2 = 0.0127 (0.005 in.)

2.3

2.1

10.16 (4.0)
1.9

0
1.7

5.08 12.01

1.5

__

2.54 (1.0)
1.27 (0.5)

1.3
H cm (in.)

1.1

(1", kJ/s-m 2

300

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

i
1800

_", Btu/h-ft 2
Figure

136

102.

Energy ratio versus heat flux density


(0.8 in.) and $2 = 0.0127
cm (0.005

for W = 2.032
in.).

cm

I
2000

2.5

20.32 (8.0)

W '= 2.032 cm (0.8 in.)


S2 = 0.0508 cm (0.02 in.)

2.3

2.1

1.9

5
0
ko
0

1.7

5.08 (2.0)
10.16 (4.0)
1.5

1.3 -_

1.2i(0.5 )
H cm (in.)

1.1 |

I
2

I
3

I
4

I
5

I
6

1", kJ/s-m2

I
1
300 400

I
600

I
800

I
1000

I
1200

I
1400

I
1600

I
1800

I
2000

(1". Btu/h'ft 2

Figure

103.

Energy
(0.8

ratio
in.)

and

versus

heat

S 2 = 0.0508

flux

density

cm (0.02

for W = 2.032

cm

in.).
137

2.3
W = 2.032 cm (0.8 in.)
S2 - 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)

2.1

1.9

I-,.
,<
.,,I

cl

1.7

I-

o
I-o
5.08 (2.0)
2.54 (1.0)
1.5

20.32 (8.0)
10.16 (4.0)

(0.5)
1.3

1.1
1

el", kJ/s-m2
I
300

I
400

I
600

I
800

I
1000

I
1200

I
1400

I
1600

I
1800

(1", Btu/h'ft 2

Figure

138

104,

Energy ratio versus heat flux density for W = 2.032


(0.8 in.) and $2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.).

cm

I
2000

i
0

I
_

@4

o
EIo
)1

HO

o.
o

;.L
'

El

qJ.V

139

c_

\\

II

_a

.,.-i
0

In

\\ \
\
\

5
\
\

c_

_.._

0
m

\
0

E tl

e_
n

Uo

_j.

- HO
'
)1
Ho qJ.V

140

9_.

C_
0

X
0

!_

\\\

0
_.._

\
\
E

_d
+"

II

\
\
\

\
\

_E

\
0

it

--

Uo

_.L

- 140
"
_I
_Io qJ.V

|41

Some representative
examples
illustrating
how the results can be used by a
designer
are given in the following
section.
For conditions
significantly
different
from
those used in the computations
(Tables
14 and 15), it is suggested
that the program
described

in Section

111 be used to determine

the required

design

information.

D. Examples
Some hypothetical
examples
which a thermal
designer
use of the results are outlined as follows. All examples assume
housing

design

Example

and materials

as discussed

may encounter
illustrating
the designer has selected a

earlier.

1
Given:

The

and the designer


melt temperature
temperature

heat

rise ratio

ATb

5.56

Tf

291.67

Case a

flux density

is specified

to be

1076.4

J/s-m s (341.4

Btu/h-ft 2)

wishes to limit the temperature


increase
to 5.56 K (10R).
The
is 291.67 K (525R),
using these inputs the maximum
permissable
is computed

19.05

The designer

PCM
base

to be

wishes

10-3

to use a fin thickness

of 0.0127

cm (0.005

in.).

Find an acceptabh:
geometry
to satisfy the given conditions.
From Figure
51, a height of 2.54 cm (1 in.) can be used with a half-fin spacing of
0.127 cm (0.05 in.) to achieve the desired conditions.
Determine
the energy
latent energy
storage

stored. From equation


(22) or from Figure 33, the
is 4506 kJ/m 2 (397 Btu/ft2).
The results shown in

Figure 90 show that the total energy stored at the termination


for these conditions
is approximately
5 percent
higher than
energy stored, the difference
being sensible energy storage.
Case b

- The designer

wishes to use a fin thickness

Find an acceptable
geometry.
From Figure
of 10.16 cm (4 in,) with a half-fin spacing
used.

of 0.127

cm (0.05

of melting
the latent

in.).

53, it is seen that a fin height


of 0.254 cm (0.1 in.) can be

Determine
the energy stored.
From equation
(22) or from Figure 35, the
corresponding
latent energy
storage is 15 128 kJ/m 2 '(1333 Btu/ft2),
At
the termination
of melting,
the total stored
energy exceeds
the latent
value by approxinmtcly

142

5 percent

as shown

in Figure

95.

Example

2
Given:

The

designer

is limited

by space

to a plan area

for the phase

change

device

of 0.0697 m 2 (0.75 ft2); the heat flux density is specified


to be 2152.8 J/s-m 2 (682.9
Btu/h-ft 2); the duty cycle of the controlled
medium requires latent energy 948.9 kJ (900
Btu) of storage. For these conditions,
latent energy storage per unit area is

P'r

E_

948.9
0.0697

Case a -

1.3614

The designer

104 kJ/m 2 (1200

wishes

Btu/ft 2)

to use a fin thickness

Find the geometry.


From Figure
approximately
7.62 cm (3 in.)
shown.

of 0.0127

cm (0.005

in.).

33, it is noted that the required height is


regardless
of fin spacing over the range

Determine
the base temperature
rise. Assume a half-fin spacing of 0.254
cm (0.1 in.) and a height
of 7.62 cm (3 in.). From
Figure
54, the
corresponding
base temperature
rise at the termination
of melting is

AT b "_ 0.132

Case b - The designer

291.67

selects

-----38.5 K(69R)

a fin thickness

of 0.127

cm (0.05

in.).

Find the geometry.


From Figure 35, it can be seen that there
range of fin height-spacing
combinations
which will satisfy
energy storage requirements.

is a wider
the latent

Determine
the base temperature
rise. First, assume a fin height of 10.92
cm (4.3 in.) and a half-fin spacing of 0.127 cm (0.05 in.). From Figure
56, the corresponding
temperature
rise of the base at the termination
of
melting is approximately

AT b "_ 0.027

291.67

-- 7.88K(14R)

Determine
the base temperature
rise for a second acceptable
geometry.
Second, assume a fin height of 8.38 cm (3.3 in.) and a half-fin spacing of
0.508 cm (0.2 in.). From Figure 56, the corresponding
temperature
rise of
the base at the termination
of melting is approximately

AT b _

0.06

291.67

--_ 17.5K(32R)

143

Example3
Given: In a phasechangedevicethe designerwishesto utilize 0.0127cm (0.005
in.) thick fins and he wants to limit the basetemperaturerise to 13.89K (25R).
Consequently,the basetemperatureriseratio is not to exceed
ATb

13.89

Tf

291.67

Case a

- 48

A heat

10 -3

flux density

of 1076.4

J/s-m 2 (341.4

Btu/h-ft

2) is required.

Determine
acceptable
geometry
and the corresponding
latent
energy
storage capacity.
From Figure 46, a height of 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) can be
used with a half-fin spacing up to approximately
0.48 cm (0.19 in.). The
corresponding
latent energy
kJ/m 2 (206 Btu/ft 2).

storage

capacity,

Determine
acceptable
geometry
and
the
storage capacity.
From Figure 51, heights
half fin spacing of 0.254 cm (0.1 in.) and
used for a half-fin spacing 0.127 cm (0.05
limits on the latent energy storage capacity,
Figure
33, are 6923
kJ/m 2
(610
Btu/ft
Btu/ft 2 ), respectively.
Case b- Assume

an imposed

heat flux density

from

equation

(22),

is 2338

corresponding
latent
energy
up to 3.81 cm (1.5 in.) for a
up to 9.65 cm (3.8 in.) can be
in.). The corresponding
upper
from either equation
(22) or
2) and
17 114 kJ/m 2 (1508

of 4305.6

J/s-m 2 (1365.7

Btu/h-ft

2 ).

Determine
an acceptable
geometry
and the corresponding
latent energy
storage
capacity.
From either
Figure 46 or 57, the fin height cannot
exceed
1.27 cm (0.5 in.) for a half-fin spacing 0.127 cm (0.05 in.). From
equation
capacity
Example

(22)
or Figure
33, the corresponding
is 2247 kJ/in 2 (198 Btu/ft2).

Case a -

144

energy

storage

Given:
A phase change device is required
to have
5.08 cm (2.0 in.) and its base is to be exposed
to a heat
(682.9 Btu/h-ft 2 );

store

latent

as much

The

designer

energy

wishes

a fin height
flux density

to use a fin thickness

of 0.0127

of no more than
of 2152.8 J/s-m 2

cm (0.005

in.) to

as possible.

Determine

the

spacing
of
temperature

0.3175
rise is

base

temperature
cm

(0.125

rise
in).

if the

From

designer

Figure

48,

selects
the

a half-fin

maximum

base

ATb --- 0.21 291.67 = 61.3K(llO.3R)


which is too largefor mostpracticalconsiderations.
Determinethe basetemperaturerise for a half-fin spacingof 0.127 cm
(0.05 in.). From Figure48, the maximumbasetemperatureriseis

AT b -----0.095

Case b - Assume

the designer

--_ 27.7 K(49.9R)

selects

a fin thickness

of 0.0508

cm (0.02

Determine
the base temperature
rise for a half-fin spacing
(0.125 in.). From Figure 43, the maximum
base temperature

cm

Determine
the base temperature
rise for a half-fin
spacing of 0.127
(0.05 in.). From Figure 43, the maximum
base temperature
rise is

cm

AT b "_ 0.043

Case c

in.)

of 0.3175
rise is

AT b -- 0.088

Assume

291.67

291.67

a fin thickness

25.7K(46.2R)

12.5 K (22.6R)

of 0.127

cm (0.05

in) is selected.

Determine
the base temperature
rise for a half-fin spacing
(0.125 in.). From Figure 38, the maximum
base temperature

of 0.3175
rise is

cm

the base temperature


rise for a half-fin spacing of 0.127
From Figure 38, the maximum
base temperature
rise is

cm

AT b -- 0.060

Determine
(0.05 in.).

AT b = 0.030

Example

X 291.67

291.67

291.67

--_ 17.5K(31.5R)

-- 8.8K(15.8R)

Given: A phase
flux density
of 2152.8

change device
J/s-m 2 (682.9

is to be designed to have its base exposed to a heat


Btu/h-ftz).
Space constraints
restrict the plan area
145

to 0.0557 m2 (0.6 ft 2) and tile maximumbasetemperatureat 5400 s (1.5 h) is not to


exceedthe PCMfusiontemperatureby more than8.33 K (15R). Consequently,
ATb

8.33

Tf

291.67

28.6

An estimate

of the required

2152.8

latent

10 -3

energy

5400/1000

storage

capacity

is

11 625 kJ/m 2 (1024

Btu/ft 2)

Determine
the acceptable
geometry
to satisfy these conditions.
An examination
of
Figures 33 through
35 reveals that the maximum
acceptable
height is 6.35 cm (2.5 in.)
and that the required
height must be greater than this as the fin spacing is decreased
and
as the fin thickness is increased.
Case a - Consider
a fin thickness
of 0.0127
conditions
cannot be met for this case (at least considering
be seen in Figure 54.

height

Case b - Consider
a fin thickness
of 0.0508
of 7.62 cm (3.0 in.) and a half-fin spacing

cm (0.005
geometries

in.). The specified


used herein) as can

(0.02 in.). Figure 55 shows that a fin


of 0.127 cm (0.05 in.) will facilitate

maintenance
of the base temperature
rise constraint.
An examination
of Figure
indicates
that the latent energy storage capacity is also satisfied. Figure 67 shows that
time required for the PCM to melt is 5760 s (1.6 h.).

V.

RELATED

34
the

TOPICS

In the preceding
section, attention
has been
paraffins
and to an extensive
numerical
study of a
results of the parametric
study should be helpful to
for applications
compatible
with the model, but the

given to certain properties


of several
particular
phase change device. The
the designer of phase change devices
user needs an awareness of features

that may require more specialized


treatment
in a critical design. Some of these important
features
which are discussed
in this section
include:
(1) filler, (2) convection,
(3)
solid-phase
thermal
conductivity,
and
(4) consideration
of an application
with a
nonuniform
thermal boundary
condition.

A.

the
146

The principal reason


PCM. Most nonmetallic

Filler

for using a filler is to improve the flow of energy to or from


PCM's, particularly
the paraffins,
have very low thermal

conductivities;consequently,largethermalgradientsmaybc requiredto effect the desired


heat transfer betweenthe PCM and the heated or cooled sttrfaccof the phasechange
device. Incorporation of the metallic filler within the PCM region yields a composite
mediumwith a higher effective thermalconductivity. If the applicationimposesa size
limitation on the phasechangedevice,utilization of a filler reducestile volumeavailablc
for the PCM.Consequently,when consideringthe energystoragecapacity,tile largeheat
of fusion of the displacedPCMis replacedby the specificheat-temperature
riseproduct
for the filler.
Fillers are discussedin References2, 15, and 16. Sometypes which havebeen
consideredare:

Aluminumpowder

Aluminumfoam

Aluminumwool

Aluminumhoneycomb

Copperfoam
Alumina(A12Oa)foam

Alumina(A12Oa)powder

Aluminumfins (straight).

Basedon testsinvolving aluminumwool, aluminumfoam. copperfoam. and almninum


honeycomb,it is reported[15] that honeycomboffersdistinct advantages
overthe other
threetypes.The resultsof a numberof performancetestson honeycomb are given.
Straight fins offer some advantage
over honeycomb
in certain cases since better
thermal
contact
between
the filler and the housing of the phase-change
device may be
possible. Fins can be welded to the housing or they may be provided integrally
with the
housing via milling or casting.
The

numerical

study

treated

in

straight-finned
arrangements.
Likewise
the
pertains to applications
with straight fins.

Sections
I11 and IV applies
experimental
work presented

specifically
in Reference

to
2

The designer
should
evaluate
the advantages
and penalties
of using a filler.
Fabrication,
thermal
contact
resistance,
added weight, reduced
energy storage capacity,
and improved
effective
thermal
conductivity
are all interrelated
factors. The effects of
straight-fin
spacing, height, and width on the thermal
performance
of the model treated
in Sections
III and IV are reflected
in the results.
Some comparative
insight into the
effect of the use of honeycomb
in Reference
15.

filler may be obtained

from

the results

of tests presented

147

B.

Convection

The physical
model and the parametric
numerical
study which are presented
in
Sections
III and IV are based on the conductive
mode of heat transfer only within the
PCM. If motion
occurs within the liquid phase of the PCM, the heat transfer is affected.
This behavior
may require
special consideration
for applications
where the liquid is
subjected
to surface or body forces of sufficient
magnitude
to initiate and sustain the
motion.
For the considerations
given herein,
there
appears
to be no previous
or
contemporary
treatment
of the formidable
problem
of an exact analysis of convective
motion in enclosed
cells of liquid. Some experimental
correlations
exist for certain cases,
and these have been applied
with some success to phase change
problems.
A brief
background
review and some considerations
related to PCM studies are presented
in the
following paragraphs
to aid the user in his study of convective
effects.
1. Brief Review of Convective
Considerations.
If one neglects body force fields
other
than gravity
and surface
forces other
than surface
tension,
convective
motion
within the liquid of a PCM could still be due to one or more of the following effects:

Nusselt
number

Buoyancy

Surface

tension

forces

Density

change

as the PCM undergoes

forces

a phase

change.

In early studies
of buoyancy
driven convection,
Lord Rayleigh
[17] related the
numbers
(Nu) to the product
of the Grashoff
number
(Gr) and the Prandtl
(Pr). The product
of the latter two is known as the Rayleigh number (Ra).

Numerous
experimenters
have
conducted
studies
that
were
related
to
hydrodynamic
instability
caused
by buoyancy
as it effects the heat transfer
process,
including
the studies
cited in References
18 through
29. O'Toole
and Silveston
[30]
verified
the Nusselt
number
versus Rayleigh
number
correlation
for a fluid confined
between
two parallel
plates (Fig. 108). A number
of authors,
including
Edwards
and
Catton
[31] later showed
the effect of L/d ratios for closed cells (Fig. 109), where L is
the cell height and d represents
fin cell spacings.
The critical Rayleigh
number is defined
as the value at which convection
begins.
In the region below the critical value, the heat transfer is substantially
by conduction
only (i,e., Nu = 1). The critical value, which depends on the boundary
conditions,
is 1708
for a fluid confined
between
two infinite horizontal,
isothermal,
conducting
walls; it is
720 for the case of a fluid confined
within a nonconducting
walled container
[29]. As
shown for a bounded
cell (Fig. 109a), this critical value tends to increase as the cell sides
approach
one another
(i.e., as L/d increases),
and it also tends to increase as the walls
become more conducting
(Fig. 109b).
Although
scientists
time, quantitative
studies
created in B6nard's classic
148

have been aware of surface tension driven convection


for some
of this phenomena
appear
to be scarce. The flow patterns
experiment
[32], which produced
cellular circulation
patterns

,9!

1.8

D 6_ z_

1.7
1.6=1

1.51.4-

uJ

WATER

1.31.2-

1.1-

ETHYLENE

0
A

SILICONE
HEPTANE
SILICONE

GLYCOL
OIL AK3
OIL AK350

1.0z
0.9'
_J
0.8
1000

1500

RAYLEIGH

Figure

108.

II

2000

Silveston's
experimental
in various
liquids

NUMBER,

3000
Ra

results
in the neighborhood
(Fig. 11 of Reference
2).

of instability

10 7

il

10 j-

iiiiiiii}ii

__,;,_iiiiiiii}ii_,iii',iiii}ii',iiiii',i
i yN;_O
LL&T E RAL _:

o
3104_

,,W,.A.L.I'":"
" ";;:2:"
_ I_'_"ULna'T ' I_IG LA' T E B A._j.

__iiiiiii',il;i;',iiiii!iiil;iiiiii!i'_:i:.i
;-'_'_':_
_ i!iiiiiiiiii}iiii
,_iiiiiiii,,i,,
?- iU,,,,-

,@
0.0

1
2.0

1.0
HEIGHT-TO-W'IDT)'I

RATIO

CLO

3.0

1.0
HEIGHT.TO-WtDTN

IL/d)

a
Figure

109.

Region

RATIO

(Uil_

b
of influence

of L/d

on heat

transfer

(Fig.

12 of Reference

2).

149

in a very
[33l,

shallow

Pearson

liquid,

[341,

were

Striven

initially

[35],

attributed

and

was due to surface


tension
driven
convection.
attributed
to Marangoni
[37],
and the term
with this phenomenon.
The
[38],

nature

is that

in the shear
temperature,

of

force
which

= Oo

Since

the

Marangoni

temperature

by

a subsequent

qualitatively

that

a depression

from

the

"b"

is negative,
decrease

occurs

hot

zone

Larkin
[41]
photographed
this
verification
of the phenomenon.

in

an
the

in the
and

effect

however,
this

Block

phenomenon

of this phenomenon
is
is commonly
associated

Young,

gas/liquid

increase
surface

surface

toward

for

HOT

by

that

(;oldstein

intcrfacc

and

produced

Block

variations

of surface

tension

on

_23_

accompanied
away

discovery
Flow"

as discussed
a frec

effects;

proved

+ bT

coefficient

flow

buoyancy
later

along
the surface.
This is due to the dependency
is estimated
by Gambrill
1391 to be linear:

the

to

across

[36J
Tile initial
"Marangoni

['low,

variations

to

Sternling

temperature

tension.

Hershey

at a local

the

a number

in

cold

hot

zone

spot,

(Fig.

of configurations,

at the
[40J

surface
has

causing
l l0f

the

Mc(Jrcw

producing

is

shown
liquid
and

d"amatic

FLUID
(7 C O H

O'c ,_ O H

OH

"_

:"-.-I'!S:'":.'.:':':..':,::'-:':.:':':':--'.'5"gT.:-i{i,/l"
l.'.:-"::::'.'-"-.'-":.'::".'..:"::.::'!i::::'!:!'-"
COLD FLUID
Figure

The
Marangoni

Ma

110.

level
number,

Surface

of
surface
Ma, which

-do

dT

dT

dy

tension
is given

convection

driven

patterns

convection

(Fig.

13 of Reference

is

correlated

2).

by

using

the

by

L2
(24)

p12 0_

150

tension

The critical
as 80.

Marangoni

Nields
might

be

[42]

better

parameter,

number

has

for a fluid

stated

that

determined

by

the

fixed

onset

correlating

between

a rigid and free surface

of convection
the

Nusselt

in a standard
number

with

is given

one-g
a

field

normalized

R, given by

R -

Ra
Racr

Ma
+ _
Macr

(25)

This assumes
that buoyancy
and Marangoni
driven
convection
are additive.
Grodzka
[43],
however,
noted
that experimental
data on buoyancy
and Marangoni
surface
effects indicated
that such an additive relation
does not hold. Regardless,
the
convective
currents
caused by Marangoni
flow in a standard
one-g gravitational
field are
usually
small compared
to those
caused
by buoyancy.
For most
fluids at normal
temperatures,
Pearson
[341 has shown that a liquid thickness
of 1 cm or less must be
attained
before Marangoni
effects overshadow
buoyancy
effects.
For
number,

systems

with

small

characteristic

dimensions,

the

nondimensional

Bond

Bo, is given by

Bo =

This number

Gravity
Surface

Forces

Tension

is sometimes

Forces

used

pgL 2

(26)

to evaluate

the

relative

importance

as compared
to buoyancy
effects.
From equation
(26),
number indicates a high degree of surface tension effects.

it

follows

of Marangoni
that

a low

effects
Bond

Although
surface tension effects exist at all unlike interfaces,
only the liquid/gas
interface
(as opposed
to liquid/liquid
and liquid/solid
interfaces)
is expected
to produce
appreciable
resulting
flows. However,
no proof
of this conjecture
was noted
in the
literature
surveyed.
Volume
change driven convection
can be caused by the phase change
process.
During freezing, the new layer of frozen material at the interface
tends to contract,
since
the solid density is usually greater than the liquid density. Consequently,
the liquid near
the front
will flow toward
the interface
to fill the volume
shrinkage
caused
by
solidification.
During melting, the liquid at the interface
tends to flow away to allow for
the volume
created by melting. Tien and Koump
[44] have stated that this effect will
cause both the freezing and melting process to be retarded.
This retardation
is due to the
ingress
Ill)

of warm

fluid during

freezing

and

the

egress

of warm

fluid

during

melting

(Fig.

151

__._. .... ,_., .-. ....


....... ,,-.o,-, ,.';,._.,-_,-_
:,,:,,,,,,., ;:.,:,.:.:.'::..
....... ::..-:,;,....,.,
,.-,.;:: ;,
,... , ..;..,-,.,
.-., ...,.,o..,...,
,,...,.,o.,-,
...,;,
eo

LmUIO

I
I

,I

w,oi,o,e,,

oeo

ii
011
iii
OO_, e _ ..l

e*

llllllllollotll
I_o
O.0

.'*

oooo

je

_lllltl
.*

.*

Ioli
.

o_l

,;,:,_,,,,,--;, ... :.,..


. .
,.. ..... .,.. .... ..,.. SOLID
,I

lllll

II

_I

III

Dei

I
.l,lea

_l

iii

ee

II

lllll

IO_

..;....,, .,,..,.,;..:,:_",,
.,:.,..... ...... ....

III

II

II

II

I14

: .....-.-...,....-.
:;..::.....,
.,...,,,,.,
, .-. o. ....
, ,,
. ,,:
_
. :-....
- ,,.,:,,,. .... ,.-:,,--:,
-. ,,ee.... _.....,eeoc. . .... IQ -.
............
,..
,......,.,.:..,...,...._;.-:......,
.:
:....::...:.....:'1.'...-.;...........
'" e'" .........::7
,J ,.
e o, .
Qee I i oo_Q
i, i e, .e iI, .-*o"
e.*elee
eel
e ....
! " ...
eo o

I
I

I I
I

LIQUID
FREEZING
Figure
If

liquid

into

the

drawn

Tien
fictitious
that

l I l.

effects.
can be

change

circulation

and
a

Volume

is

interface,

where

10

percent

Since
paraffins
inferred
that

flow
in

have

solid

reduction

the

experience
only
an even
smaller

in

2).

warm

fluid

could

be

process.
a

percent

freezing

14 of Reference

processes,

melting

shown,
is 25

in

(Fig.

melting
the

also

density

patterns

the

augmenting

[44]
the

driven

created

thereby,

Koump

system

only

MELTING

computational
greater

rate

exercise

than

occurs

due

a 5 to 10 percent
volume
effect
can be expected

in

the

liquid

to

volume

for

density,
change

increase
on melting,
it
paraffins
for similar

conditions.

In summary,
static
phase

one-g
only

by

buoyancy

are negligible,
2.
have

the
change

principal
process

driven

currents

except
Zero

been

for very

Gravity.

in

space

modes
of heat
are conduction
for

thin

Since

reasonable

films,

and

a number

flight

transfer
that are
and convection.

of

situations,

container

volume

sizes.

change

of

attention

is

in a typical
is caused

Surface

tension

may

be ignored.

effects

applications

some

involved
Convection

phase

change

devoted

effects

devices

here

to

[2]
zero-g

performance.
When
several

comparing

differences

are

gravitational
force
zero-g
environment.
bombardment,

and

Restricting
hermetically
sealed
arid

remains
The

lessening
152

of
the

three-dimensional
the hypothetical
container
that
shields

as the

primary
or

in

is nearly
balanced
Effects
caused

antipenetration

gravity

environs
noted

only

and

elimination

to

of
of

reduced
buoyancy

Earth

orbital

transfer

space

with

In

Earth

process.

that

of

orbit,

the
the

Earth,
reduced

by the centripetal
orbital
by
reduced
pressure,

force,
creating
an effective
radiation
field,
meteoroid

spacecraft

also

phase
is isolated

important

effect

near
heat

be

maneuvers
change
from

aboard

alien

are

device
exterior

possible.

under
consideration
thermal
effects
by

nonmaneuvering

vehicle,

to be
insulation

then

reduced

effect.

gravity

on

convection.

the

heat
Typical

transfer

mechanism

measurements

is in the
of

the

net

gravitational
acceleration
force on a spacecraft
indicates
acceleration
1 10 -7 g. Using nonadecane
paraffin
properties,
a typical Rayleigh
level of gravitational
acceleration
is

levels of the order


number
of this low

Ra = 0.01 L a AT

(27)

Equation
(27) indicates
that, for reasonable
container
sizes (i.e., less than 15 cm (6 in.)
cell depths),
the temperature
difference
across the liquidus portion
of the cell must be
444C (830F)
to produce
buoyancy
driven
convection.
Since this temperature
difference
is well in excess of normal
operating
values, buoyancy
stimulated
convection
may be considered

negligible.

At one-g,
Marangoni
flow or surface
tension-driven
convection
unimportant;
however,
at zero-g this is not necessarily
true. As discussed
flow caused by surface tension at a liquid/vapor
interface
may occur.

is normally
earlier, liquid

A group of experiments,
performed
during
the mission of NASA's Apollo-14,
revealed that the surface tension driven phenomena
in zero-g is a reality and can produce
significant
convection
[45,46].
Using data from these experiments,
Grodzka
[46] has
plotted
tlae relation
existing between
the Marangoni
number
and the ratio of effective
thermal
conductivity
to actual conductivity
(Fig. 112). These data show a rapid increase
in the convective
level at a Marangoni
number slightly greater than 300. The temperature
difference
in the Krytox test liquid was only 2.5C (4.1F) in this instance.
Close examination
of these data stimulates
some questions.
Applying
these data to
nonadecane
paraffin
contained
in a cell with a 15.24 cm (6 in.) characteristic
dimension
at a Marangoni

number

of 300,

a Keff/K

of 12 is predicted

high convective
level. The temperature
difference
across
to reach this convective
level is only 0.001 lC (0.002F);
a Rayleigh number
of 4.32 X l0 s is predicted
at one-g.

in Figure

112. This is a very

a parallel plate system required


however, for this same system,
From this, a Keff/K of only 2.5

is indicated,
which is a convective
level well below that predicted
by the tentative
surface
tension data. This conflicts with earlier investigators,
who reported
that for this condition
at one-g, Marangoni
driven convection
is unimportant.
This could be explained,
at least
partially,
by the fact that the Apollo 14 data were taken for a free surface, whereas the
Figure 108 correlations
were taken for top and bottom bounded
cells.
Using nonadecane
paraffin
the Marangoni
number is given by

Ma = 2374

This

indicates

(0.006F)

that

properties,

evaluated

at the phase

change

temperature,

ATL

(28)

for reasonably

is necessary

for the

sized

onset

cells,

a temperature

of Marangoni

driven

difference
convection

of only

0.003

in a paraffin

filled

153

device
at zero-g.
This
fact,
along
that Marangoni
convection
can be
Since
freezing
be

the

(where

implied

that

magnitude
buoyancy
the

of

with the
appreciable
volume

driven

at zero-g

are

volumetric

then

change

convection
effects

convective
processes.
Consequently,
are negligible
for zero-g
operation.
device

tfigh levels
at zero-g.

reduced

indicated

effects

discussed

is negligible)
are

for

effects
modes

to Marangoni-driven

as for

pure

1 12,

were

and

heat
in
pure

suggests

low

melting,

conduction

on the
occurring

convection

Figure

earlier

as well

negligible

the volumetric
Heat
transfer

in

as

transfer
a phase

well
process
change

conduction.

25
KRYTOX

143 AZ

d = 0.2 cm
J
K = 845
s-m-K

20

C) !

,_Tcr = 0.6C

15

|0

Cl
0
0

100

200

300

MARANGONINUMBER,

_ do
_A

Ma =

400

500

Td

dT
pvor

A T/_Tcr
Figure
154

112.

Heat

transfer

characteristics

of Be'nard

cells

(Fig.

15 of Reference

for

it may

2).

as

A secondaryeffect of reducedgravity which can significantly alter tile heat


ll-dnsItq[',l_,_ccss
is the ullage,gaspositioJl.In a typical rectangularcell containingullage
volumv, the,ullagegasmay configureitselt in any of a number of possiblemodes.A
uulnbcr of possiblecell ullage locations arc given by Reference2, those of more
importance are shown in Figure 1 13. When heating/cooling
from
the bottom,
only
configmations

heating/cooling
rate
of
heat
occurring
c'ould
'_arm
Fig.

in

113),

from
trausfcr
the

the

(Fig.

113)

could

induce

heat

decreasing

thc

t()

property

form

in

quanlitative
transfer

would

alter

the

top or sides, configurations


due
to the
insulating
effect

liquid

thereby
have

ullage

illsulficicnt
the

bc caused
by the Marangoni
zones.
Also, bubbles
could

paraffins
the

and

of

data

process

under

apparent

being

center
are

a, b, d,
of the

currents.

In

llow phenomon
causing
the
be entrapped
in the freezing

the

the

convective

normal

good
of

awlilable
given

thermal
cell
on

wetters,
(configuration

these

phenomena

however,

and e would
ullage
gas.
a zero-g
bubbles
solid

conductivity

surface

the

process;

of
which

the

all reduce
the
Small
bubbles

field,

this

motion

to migrate
(configuration
PCM.

in zero-g
c of

when

Fig.

to determine

toward
d of

Fortunately,
tends

113);
the

to force
however,
effect

on

conditions.

"_:i:i.O':-:.'.:'9i'.:.i.;"
]

ULLAGE

".-.:. ,.":..:..:,..;,_t_A..
PCM

I'!O'::... :_":".'.'d:':
,::,!:".'::':"::::':O:
d

Figure

113.

Zero-gullagecoufigurallons(Fig.

16 of Reference2).

155

Grodzka
[4] has examined
effects of the space environment
on the microscopic
processes.
She concluded
that complex
coupling
effects between
phase change kinetics
and Various possible complex
coupling effects between phase change kinetics and various
possible modes of convective
motion cannot be predicted
accurately
without actual flight
data. She also concluded
that the magnitude
of magnetic
and electric fields likely to be
encountered
in the Earth's
orbit
are not expected
to alter phase change
behavior
significantly
from
that
observed
on Earth.
Finally,
she stated
that radiation
fields
encountered
in Earth orbit are expected
to have little effect, except perhaps in the case
of an organic PCM where long time exposures
will result in the buildup
of impurity.
Although
the later statement
applies to a paraffin,
no definitive
information
on this
effect could be found in the literature
surveyed.

findings,

Although
insufficient
some observations

reduced
have been

gravity
data are available
made as to the mechanisms

to corroborate
these
of heat transfer
in a

phase change device. When a free surface is present


and thermal
conditions
are proper,
Marangoni
convection
may
be present.
Insufficient
data are currently
available
to
determine
quantatively
the influence
of this phenomenon.
In the absence
of surface
tension
effects,
conduction
is the primary
process
governing
heat
transfer.
The
conduction
process may, however,
be altered
by the ullage gas location.
Furthermore,
secondary
effects
of property
degradation
due to radiation
may occur if tile PCM is
organic.
3. PCM Related
Considerations.
Regarding
buoyancy-driven
convective
currents
in Ilhe liquid during the melting of a PCM, a major factor is the positioning
of the heated
surface.
If the heated
surface is located at the bottom
of a PCM cell during melting,
convection
may
significantly
augment
the heat
transfer.
Conversely,
the role of
convection
is minor, vanishing
for one-dimensional
cases, when the heated surface is at
the top of the cell. The contribution
of convection
in the liquid to the heat transfer
during solidification
depends
on positioning
of the cooled surface, but it also depends on
the amount by which the initial liquid temperature
exceeds the fusion temperature
of the
PeN.

closed

Prensner
and
cells.
Their

Hsu [47] reported


work
revealed

on
the

studies of natural
convection
possibility
of
a number

in air within
of different

geometry-dependent
convective
patterns,
even under steady state conditions.
Such studies
attest to the formidable
task of analytically
predicting
the transport
mechanism
occurring
during
natural
convection
within a bounded
fluid. When considering
convection
within
the liquid during melting of a PCM, the problem
is further complicated
by the fact that
one of the boundaries
is moving (i.e., the interface).
Even if accurate
predictions
of the
convective
mechanism
were possible,
another
unpredictable
feature
PCM devices is the tendency
tot the PCM to melt up the fin with
subsequently,
falling to the heated surface.

occurring
the solid

in finned
PCM core,

While the aforementioned


difficulties
appear pessimistic,
some success has been
reported
[2, 48] on approximately
accounting
for convection
during the melting of a
paraffin.
The approach
made use of the correlations
given by O'Toole and Silveston [30]
which are:

156

1700

_< Ra _< 3500

Nu = 0.00238

3500

< Ra _< l0 s

Nu = 0.229

Ra 'zs 2

Nu = 0.104

(Ra)'3S(Pr)

10 s < Ra

<

19 9

Ra 'sl

6
(29)
'84

Although
the correlations
given by equation
(29) were determined
from data on steady
state heat transfer
through
horizontal
layers of fluid, they were used as a means of
estimating the convective
effect within the liquid of finned PCM cells similar to the one
modeled
in Section
llI. The scheme
involved
continuous
replacement
of the thermal
conductivity
of the liquid by an effective
thermal
conductivity,
which was calculated
by

Keff

It was
because

= Nu

(30)

recognized
that this scheme
would
not yield true
the convective
mechanism
therein was being artificially

a hypothetical

medium

with a larger

thermal

conductivity

than

temperatures
in the liquid
replaced
by conduction
in
that

of the liquid PCM.

Figure
114 shows
some experimental
data
for the interface
location
during
melting of a paraffin
inside a cell similar to the one modeled in Section Ill. Also shown
are numerical
predictions
for conduction
only and for inclusion
of convection
in t_e
manner
previously
described.
The numerical
predictions
shown
in Figure
114 were
achieved
with an explicit formulation
which was subject to a stability
requirement.
For
nodes
located
in the
fin,
this requirement
demanded
excessive
computer
time;
consequently,
temperatures
along
the
fin
were
approximated
with
the
aid of
measurements
from thermocouples
attached
to the fins. With the approximate
inclusion
of convection,
the predictions
were
promising.
The
predicted
interfacial
positions
followed the same trend as the experimental
data. Although
magnitudes
did not exactly
agree, the difference
appeared
to be due to a shift in time and might have been
associated
with starting
conditions.
Use of this approach
for including
convection
is
discussed more extensively
in Reference
2. Also presented
is a more detailed discussion of
the computer
program
and several comparisons
between
predictions
and experimental
data. The

values

computer

program

is also listed

and briefly

4. Solid Phase Thermal


Conductivity.
for paraffins
apply to the liquid phase.

discussed

in Appendix

Nearly all published


Since the mechanism

D.

thermal
conductivity
of heat conduction
is

typically
different
in solids than in liquids, one should expect some difference
between
the thermal
conductivity
value for the solid phase and that for the liquid phase of a
PCM.

transient

In studies reported
interfacial
location

in References
2 and 49, attempts
to analytically
predict the
during the phase change of a paraffin
were more successful

157

8:

3.0

6
E

Iz

I-z
2.0

.1

..I
.J
U.I

(.)
=J
ul

<
Z
0

<
z
Q
I<
u
0

<
u
0

0
0

.-I

o/

tZ
O
E

-1

Z
0

EXPERIMENTAL

DATA

z
Q

1.0
z
0

i
1/1

IL

2
o

PREDICTED
WITH
APPROXIMATE

INCLUSION
CONVECTION

--

_"

0
0

0.2

- CONOUCTION

I
0.4

1 14.

Comparison

0.6
TIME,

Figure

OF

_ J

_CTEO

158

i1

I
0.8

MODEL

I
1.0

between predicted
and measured
for an example melt run.

fusion

front location

I
1.2

for the case of melting than for the case of solidification.


Two plausible explanations
for
the lack of success with solidification
existed. One explanation
was simply that the true
value of the thermal
conductivity
of the solid phase may not have been used in the
analysis. Knowledge
of the thermal
conductivity
of the solid is more critical in analyses
of solidification
than in those of melting. Another
possible explanation
was related to the
character
of the solid-liquid
interface
during the phase transition.
During melting,
the
interface
appeared
smooth.
During solidification,
however,
it was covered with numerous
projections
called dendrites.
Their presence may have affected
rate. The discrepancy
may also have been due to a combination
Thomas

and

Westwater

[50]

studied

tile nature

and
melting
of
n-octadecane.
Measured
interfacial
predictions
by as much as 100 percent;
the difference
the interface.

the interfacial
heat
of both effects.

of the

interface

transfer

during

freezing

velocities
exceeded
analytical
was attributed
to irregularities
at

Bailey and Davila [51] monitored


the position of the solid-liquid
interface
during
solidification
of hexadecane
and octadecane.
Bailey and Liao [52] found that effective
solid
thermal
conductivities,
which
yielded
agreement
between
predictions
and
experimental

measurements,

Dyer
nonadecane

and
and

exceeded

Griggs
[49]
hexadecane;

published

values

by

factors

ranging

from 2.5 to 3.

measured
interfacial
positions
during
solidification
of
they
also
determined
the
values
of solid
thermal

conductivity
which
forced
agreement
between
the
measurements
and
numerical
predictions.
Tne
work
was
extended
to
include
measurement
of
the thermal
conductivities
of solid nonadecane
and hexadecane.
The measured
values did not agree
with the values required
to force agreement
between
experimental
and analytical
results
(Table

16).

As previously
mentioned,
values of thermal
conductivity
for the solid
paraffins
are less prominent
in the literature
than are those for the liquid phase.
the available values are summarized
in Table 16 for reference.
In
accuracy

summary,
analytical
predictions
of the
due to the aforementioned
effects.
The

phase of
Some of

solidification
of paraffins
designer
needs
to exercise

suffer
some

judgement
in the selection
of an appropriate
thermal conductivity
value to use for the
solid phase.
Uncertainty
associated
with the effect
of interfacial
irregularities
(i.e.,
dendrites)
renders the problem less ameriable to an exact treatment.

C. Example Application with a Nonuniform


Boundary Condition

Thermal

The parametric
study, which is presented
in Section IV, pertains
to a numerical
analysis
of a symmetrical
half of a single PCM cell. The results can be extended
to
multicell
phase change devices by appropriate
scaling provided that the thermal boundary
condition
imposed on the full-scale device is uniform
and agrees with the type analyzed.

159

TABLE 16. SOMEREPORTEDTHERMALCONDUCTIVITYVALUESFORTHE


SOLIDPHASEOF CERTAINPARAFFINSIN W/m-C
(Btu/h-ft-F)
raffin

Paraffin
Wax

McAdams[531

Nonadecane

Hexadecane

Octadecane

0.24
(0.14)
0.49
(0.28)

Bailey and Liao


[521 a
Dyer and Griggs
[491 a

0.35
(0.20)

Dyer and Griggs


[49]

0,26

0.35

(0.15)

(O.2O)

Powell
Challar

0.41
(0.24)

0.52
(O,3O)

and

_0.19

[541

(-0.11)

a. Value used to force agreement

between

analytical

and experimental

results.

One application
of phase change devices involves heat transfer between
the device
and a flowing fluid. In such applications,
the thermal condition
existing at the separating
surface between
the PCM and the fluid is not necessarily
uniform.
An analysis of the heat
transfer
between
the fluid and the PCM is not a simple problem.
The entire apparatus
including
PCM, housing, and flow passage could be subdivided into a thermal network
of
nodes and interconnecting
thermal
resistances,
and an appropriate
numerical study could
be performed.
Such an approach,
however,
could involve
a large number
of nodes,
particularly
if much internal
detail is needed. For a specific case, this approach
may be
the most desirable
as well as productive;
however, it certainly
does not appear feasible to
attempt
to generalize
it into an extensive
parametric
study, not only because of the vast
nature of the task but also because
of the large number of parameters
which would be
involved. The unwieldiness
of the problem is evident from the integral analysis presented
by Baily and Liao [55] even where some simplifying
assumptions
were incorporated.
An
approximate
approach
which utilizes input from the parametric
study is outlined
in the
following paragraphs.
The model under consideration
is depicted
in Figure 115. Fluid flows through the
flow passage
and makes intimate
thermal
contact
with a surface separating
it from a
device filled with a PCM. For this model, it is assumed
that the lower side of the flow
passage

160

is insulated

or that

a symmetrical

PCM device

is also located

on the other

side.

PCM
CON

II

II

I
I

./_

tl
.,,_v/
IL,/ /

//

" FINS IN THERMAL


CONTACT
WITH FLOW PASSAGE WALL.

THE

II

F,owJJ

Figure

/F,U,OF,OW

115.

An energy

Physical

balance

model for heat transfer between


device and a flowing fluid.

on a differential

length

a phase change

of the flow passage

yields

the following

equation:

aT m
p ApCp

0t

Neglecting
any effect
heat transfer between
transfer

IS INSULATED

BOTTOM;
.........

PASSAGE

differential

DEVICE

between

.
_T m
+ mCp a x -

due
the

Ox 2

kB(T m-T

(31)

s)

to the surface separating


the PCM and fluid, the instantaneous
surface and the PCM can be equated
to the instantaneous
heat

the flowing

h(T m - Ts)

02T m
kAp

fluid and the surface.

This equality

can be expressed

by

(32)

= U0(T s - Tf)

The right-hand
side of equation
(32) represents
the instantaneous
heat transfer
per unit
area between
the surface and the PCM. The two-dimensional
character
of the problem has
been masked
by use of an overall heat transfer
coefficient
based on the difference
between
the surface temperature
and the PCM fusion temperature.
Equation
(32) can be
rearranged

to yield the surface

temperature

as

161

Tm
Tf
Ts - 1 + (U0/h) + 1+ h/U0

Equation (33)
greatly exceeds
The

implies
h.

that T s_ T m when

elimination

neglection

of heat

(33)

of T s in equation

conduction

the

(34)

solution,

flowing

can be solved
however,

fluid

computer

and

the

programs

input

overall

(listed

with

U0

for

IV) provided

cells

U 0 values

may

is probably

be acceptable

much

less significant

PCM. If this hypothesis


the
those

variation

of Tm.

is valid, the
The

cases for which

solutions

Tmi+l

at

The space

the

derivative

heat

heat

first subscript

and

(34)

and temporal

heat
heat

transfer
transfer

with

of U 0 as part

the

of Tm;
h for the

PCM.

The

of the output.

heat transfer per unit area between


surface temperature
and the fusion
apply to a symmetrical
cell, use of
conduction

transfer

between

between

in the following

assumptions

variations

coefficient

the

may serve as a convenient

can be approximated

paragraphs

adjacent
surface

and

PCM
the

aid in analyzing
are restricted

to

are meaningful.

by

(35)

can be approximated

Tmi+l

(33)

,n - Tmi,n

,n - Tmi+l

_x

162

that

discussed

of equation

aid

At

aTm

The

lateral

U0 values

the aforementioned

The time derivative

aTm

since

the

a value

This value is determined


by dividing the instantaneous
the surface and the PCM by the difference
in the
temperature
of the PCM. Although
the computations
the

U0

spatial

of the convective

in Section

U 0 and T s _ Tf when

m 0 )
1 + Th/O

for both

coefficient

exceeds

fluid give

hB (
1 +Tfh/U 0

numerically

requires

greatly

(31)

in the flowing

+ rh Cp aT m p Cp A _)Tm
at
ax

Equation

by

,n-1
(36)

Ax

denotes

time while

the second

subscript

denotes

space.

Insertion
equation

of

(34)

Tmi+l

the

and

some

,n

I_p
cpA

difference

expressions

rearrangement

result

1
+ _fiaCP+

L_

Equation
t + At

(37)
from

adjacent
The

the

node

fluid
axis
must

functional

input

from

phase

of

that

The

change;

alteration

node

The

of

at

nodal

and

(36)

into

p Cp A
At
Tjni,n

,n-I

time

t and

temperature

Figure

a node

pattern

in the

the

and

the

fluid

at time

temperature

is illustrated

of

in Figure

distribution

116)

The

of

the

value

of

character

in the

transient

U 0.

the

One

tht_
116.

fluid

(i.e.,

w_riation

to determine

use

the

at

each

in the

on

/low
the

employed

of

is determined
U 0 for

the

of

(e.g.,

the

fraction
location

computation

laminar,

amount

computational

method

U 0 as a function

fraction

of

U 0 is dependent

consequently,

of

representing

representation

dl Cp
AT Tmi+l

temperature

initial
of

knowledge

change.

(35)

(37)

tile

the
axis

etc.).

involved

equations

to the flow passage


(i.e., temperatures
along
the vertical
convective
heat transfer
coefficient
for the flowing
fluid

phase

sequential

B Tf
+ h/U0)

of
t + At.

of

at the inlet
The internal

undergone

computations

at time

horizontal

turbulent,

has

incorporate

undergone

the

estimated

fully-developed,
which

and

require

along

temperature
of Fig.
116).
be

temperature

Ax

in

1 + h/UoJ

computation

previous
at x-

computations

temperatures

Ax

facilitates

Ill

laB

given
in

of

scheme
in

the

of

PCM
and

PCM

should
following
which

used

in

has
the

of Tin.

5
m 4
e_
z
u_
I-

3
2

_
0

4
n

(x DIS'I'_NCE
Figure

116.

Nodal

pattern

for calculating

INDEX)
bulk

temperature

of flowing

fluid.

163

A computer
program
which
facilitates
computations
of the type
previously
outlined
is listed in Appendix
C. Exploratory
calculations
have been made, but the
predictions
have not been corroborated
by any experimental
data. The program
was
developed
and intended
as a tool for investigating
the effect of the phase change process,
flow rate, and internal
convective
heat transfer coefficient
on the temperature
at the exit
of a flow passage which exchanges
energy with the phase change device. Without some
history of comparison
with experimental
data, the integrity
of the results can only be
conjectured
at this stage.
The

following

parameters

were

used

in

two

computer

runs

to

examine

the

influence
of the internal
convective
heat transfer
coefficient
inside the flow passage. The
results were generated
for the case of a sinusoidal variation
of the fluid temperature
at
the inlet of the flow passage. Initially, the flow was stagnant with the fluid in the passage
and the entire phase change device considered
to be at the fusion temperature
of the
PCM.

Length

of phase

Width

PCM thickness

Flowing

Flow

PCM fusion

temperature

U 0 variation

with

of phase

Btu/h-ft2-F
Temperature

change

device
device

31.7

cm (1.04

ft)

- 7.6 cm (3 in.)

- 3.8 cm (1.5 in.)

fluid -

rate -

change

Water

1.89 gm/s

(15 lb/h)
- 32.2C

fraction

or U 0 = 488.36
variation

(6.283
t) F with
with t (s)

of

Convective
heat
transfer
h = 283.86 J/s-m2-C
(50
Btu/h_ft 2 .o F).

PCM

- 434.03

of fluid

t (h)

(90F)
melted,

U0=

86.02-76.45

f J/s-m2-C

at passage

or Tinle t = 43.33

inlet

+ 5.56

Tinle t = 110 + 10 sin


sin (2.26

X 104 t) C

coefficient
inside flow passage
Btu/h-ft2-F);2nd
Run: h = 28.39

Ist Run:
J/s-m2-C
(5

The results for the fluid temperature


at the exit of the flow passage are shown in
comparison
to the inlet temperature
variation
in Figure
117. For both
heat transfer
coefficients,
the temperature
drop
across the passage decreases
as the PCM melts (as
would
be expected).
The relative
influence
of the heat transfer
coefficient
on the
temperature
drop across the passage is evident.

i64

_0

I-

,<

%oo

a.
u_

IQ

_9

-i
_L
I--

c_

<_

o
o

o
.1
U
_w

w
a:
_v

II
e.

--I

==

ae_

- il

o
0

I.t,I

o
n,
L

0
0

I.LI =1

55

-8

,..I II
u. U

40

el

40
4

_0

,4O
4O
4

0
.._

0
4 0
4

I-

o
0

0
40
40

oj

rz

Ol

o
i.o

:_o'3 u nzvu 3dlN=ll

I
e"

I
e"

-Io '31:1fllV_l

3diN31

165

APPENDIX
PROPERTY

APPENDIX

Tabulations
of certain properties
for a number of phase change materials are given
in this appendix.
They have been included
principally
to serve as a convenient
reference
for the user; they are not intended
to be exhaustive.
For more detail regarding
the
advantages
and disadvantages
of the listed materials,
the referenced
literature
should be
consulted.
Following
Table

A- 1.

is an index

Fusible
Btu/lb)

for the tabulations:

Materials
with a Heat of Fusion Greater
than
Listed in Order of Increasing
Melt Temperature

(40 to 150F).

(Table

3-1 of Reference

185.96 kJ/kg (80


from 4.4 to 65C

15).

Table

A-2.

Comparisons
of Fusion Properties
of Selected
56 (From Table 3 of Reference
56)

Table

A-3.

Properties
of Six PCM's Studied in Reference
57 with a Fusion
Between 273 and 373 K (From Table 2 of Reference
57)

Table

A-4.

Melt Temperatures
Table 6 of Reference

Table

A-5.

Four Low Temperature


7 of Reference
57)

Table

A-6.

PCM's

of Fifteen
57)

Used in Tests

PCM's

Reported

Low

PCM's

Reported

Temperature

Recommended

Temperature

PCM Candidates

in Reference

in Reference

in Reference

58 (From

(From

57 (From

Table

Table

1 of Reference

58)
Table

A-7.

Comparative

Data on Waxes and

Inorganic

Table

A-8.

Melting
Thermal

Table

A-9.

Melting Temperature
and Heat
Table 3-3 of Reference
1)

Table

A-10.

Melting Point, Heat of Fusion, and Latent


Hydrates (From Table 3-4 of Reference
1)

Table

A-11.

Melting
Eutectics

Hydrates

(From

Temperature
of Some Mixtures
Investigated
Energy Storage (From Table 3-1 of Reference

Temperature
(From Table

of Fusion

for
1)

of Inorganic

and Heat
of Fusion
3-5 of Reference
1)

Heat

of

Reference
Air

59)

Conditioning

Salt Hydrates

(From

Density

of Some

Inorganic

Some

Inorganic

Hydrate

167

TableA-12. CalorimetricData for SomeOrganicThermal EnergyStorageMaterialsfor


SolarHeating(From Table3-6 of Referencel)
TableA-13. Melting Temperatureand Heat of Fusion of Organic Materials for Air
Conditioning-Hydrocarbons
and Halogenated
Hydrocarbons(From Table3-7
of Reference1)
TableA-14. Melting Point

and

3-7 of Reference

Heat

of Fusion

for Some

Organic

Eutectics

(From

Table

A-15.

Melting
Eutectics

Table

A-16.

PCM Data for Some Alcohols,


Phenols,
(From Table 3-7 of Reference
1)

Table

A-17.

PCM Data for Organic


Reference
1)

Table

A-18.

Calorimetric
Data
Reference
1)

Table

A-19.

Melting Point and Heat of Fusion for Clathrates


and Semi-Clathrates
Congruently
Above 0C (32F)(From
Table 3-9 of Reference
1)

Table

A-20.

Melting
1).

168

Table

1)

Temperature
and
Heat of Fusion
for Some Acetamide-Organic
and Compounds
(From Table 3-7 of Reference
1)

Point

Acids

and

Miscellaneous

for Air Conditioning

for Organic-Inorganic

Aldehydes,

Organic

Eutectics

Ketones,

and

Ethers

Organics

(From

Table

3-7 of

Materials

(From

Table

3-8 of

(From

Table

Melting

3-10 of Reference

TABLEA-I. FUSIBLEMATERIALSWITH A HEATOF FUSIONGREATERTHAN


185.96kJ/kg(80 Btu/lb) LISTEDIN ORDEROF INCREASINGMELT
TEMPERATURE

FROM 4.4 TO 65C (40 TO 150F),


TABLE 3-1 OF REFERENCE
15).

Melting Point
C (OF)

Material
Tetradecane
Formic

Ca 4 H3 o

Ca s H32

246.1 (106)

(51)

185.8 (80)

17

(62)

185.8 (80)

18

(64)

236.8

21

(69)

185.8 (80)

Ca 7 H36

22

(71)

213.6

Acid CH 3 CHOHCOOH

26

(79)

185.8 (80)

28

(82)

243.8

29

(84)

195.1 (84)

29

(84)

104.3 (88)

32

(90)

220.6 (95)

33

(91)

202.0 (87)

35

(95)

197.4 (85)

37

(98)

246.1

(106)

38

(lOO)

229.9

(99)

39

(102)

204.3

(88)

40

(104)

257.7(111)

40

(104)

202.0

(87)

41

(105)

213.6

(92)

41

(105)

199.7 (86)

41

(106)

218.3

41

(106)

197.4 (85)

2 COOC2 H s

Acid CH3 CO2 H


Cl 6 H34

Chloride

n-Heptadecane

C 18 H38

13-Methyl

Pentacosane

Nonadecane

C27 H34 02

(C13 H27 COO)3 C3 H3

2-Dimethyl-n-docosane
Eicosane

C26 Hs 4

Ca 9 H4o

Trimyristin

C24 Hs o

C20 H42

1-Tetradecanol

CH3 (CH2)a 2 CH2 OH

Camphenilone
Caprylone

C9 HI 40

(CH 3 (CH2)6 )2 CO
Bromide

Heneicosane

C22 H4 s BR

C2 _H44

7-Heptadecamone

C17 H340

1-Cyclohexyloctadecane
4-Heptadecanone

(102)

Ethanolate

Octadecane

Palmitate

(89)

Ester

LiCI'4C2 H6 o

Docosyl

7.8 (46)

11

Hexadecane

Methyl

227.6 (98)

206.7

CH3 (CH2)l

d-Lactic

(Btu/lb)

(50)

Acid Ethyl

Lithium

kJ/kg

10

Myristic

Acetic

Heat of Fusion

5.6 (42)

Acid HCOOH

Pentadecane

(FROM

C24 H28

Ca 7 H34 O

(92)

(105)

(94)

169

TABLEA-1. (Concluded)
MeltingPoint
C (oF)

Material

Heat of Fusion
kJ/kg (Btu/lb)

42 '(107)
44 (111)

202.0

(87)

209.0

(90)

44 (112)

248.5 (107)
227.6

(98)

TricosaneC23H4s

45 (113)
47 (117)

232.2

(100)

3-Heptadecanone
Cl 7H340

48 (118)

216.0

(93)

2-Eptadecanone
C17Ha4 O

48 (119)

216.0

(93)

50 (122)
51 (123)

239.2

(103)

211.3

(91)

51 (124)

253,1

(109)

51 (124)

218.3

(94)

52 (126)

232.2 (100)

54 (129)

236.8

(102)

54 (129)

216.0

(93)

55 (131)

213.6

(92)

56 (133)
57 (135)

255.4

(110)

59 (138)

234.5 (101)

60 (140)
61 (142)

222.9

64 (147)
64 (148)

239.2

65 (150)

250.8

8-Heptadecanone
C_7H340
CyanamideCH2N2
Docosane
Cz2H46
MethylEicosanate
C2zH4202

Camphene

Cz o Ht 6

9-Heptadecanone
Tetracosane

C24 Hs 0

Elaidic

Acid C1 sHa402

Methyl

Behenate

Pentacosane

C24H4602

C2 s Hs 2

Ethyl

Lignocerate

C26 Hs 2 O2

Hypo

Phosphoric

Acid H4 P_ 04

n-Hexacosane
Myristic

C26 Hs 4

Acid

Heptacosane

C _ a H27 COOH
C27 Hs 6

Ethyl Cerotate

C2 sHs 602

Octacosane

C2 s Hs s

Nonacosane

C29 H60

Stearic

Acid Cx 7 H3

Triacontane

170

C_ 7Ha40

S CO2

C30 H62

199.7 (86)

(96)

253.1 (109)
(103)

199.7 (86)
(108)

r-.

o_
eq

C_

_2

n_
"_

t'5

o0
_0

O0

-A

o
,'a.)

e_
e.i

_so

_._

Z_O_

n_
o-_ o-,

_D

P_

.._

t_
0

_A

oo

eq

o
0

[.o_

%
o

'0
)

_0

171

o,:5
[..

,-,4

.<

,:5o

o,o

0".

,_

0",

,..4t.4

O0

O0

O0

oq

oo

do

----

do

t-:. r-:.

_r-

oo

88

c,n

-,-;

U4

-_ I_11 ,z.
,

Z
r._

O0

O0

O0

<Z
[..,.,
,..,,.,_

_1%
rO

Z_
U4

_ ;...1 _ ;....1

;.-1

Z
,..,0
U..,I

e,_

"0

0.

"--"

r!

,,o

o",

_.

r_

_.

(-!.

r!.

U=

r._

,
Om

==

[..

.,

.,:',

Z
0
o

=7

4
U,3
,..4
lXl

[.-,
._

o
0

172

0
r_

TABLE A-4.

MELT TEMPERATURES
OF FIFTEEN
LOW TEMPERATURE
CANDIDATES
(FROM TABLE 6 OF REFERENCE 57)

Melt Temperature
K (R)

PCM
n-Dodecane

263.4 (474.1)

Transit-Heat

257.2 (463.0)

Formic

Acid/Formamide

(75.5/24.5)

256.4 (461.5)

Transit-Heat

252.2 (414.0)

Acetic

Acid/Formic

Acetic

Acid/Water

Acid (53.1/46.9)

250.7 (451.3)

(58%)

246.8 (444.2)

n-Decane
Formic

243.3 (437.9)
Acid/Potassium

Formate

Heptanone-4
Hydrazine

(75/25)

241.7 (435.1)
240.2 (432.4)

Hydrate

(N2 H4 " H2 O)

233.2 (419.8)

Monomethylhydrazine

220.8 (397.4)

Tricaproin

213

(383.4)

Tributyrin

198

(356.4)

Ammonia

195

(351.0)

194

(349.2)

Ammonia

PCM

Hydrate

(NH 3 H20_

173

.m

cq

do

_q

_c_

__
_o

=%

oo

Z
o,
OO

oO
0

a:2

h_
0

=o3

_S
Oc_

""

O
"1

r_
_

oO
,,_ oo
0

od
A

_c_

5o

z_"
_m
O

0
0
0

(D

5_

N_
"a'_

e_

<
0

m_

e_

a _
o

(:2)
O

O_

O%

e;
C_
C',l
cq

o
d
c_

<

t3
t"3

_D o
e_

0
C,I

_D

<

174

g
0

0
oO
oo

_zlE
0

x
O0

r_

[a.1
Z
r..r.1
r.,r..1
r,a.1

z_

,-o_.

,.o_-.

,.ooo

,o.-

t"_..

kD,'_
00,...._

O'xO0
00,''_

P".k.D
P"-O0

_"-k._D
I".O0

O_

O_

dd

dU

CU

-_1_

_z
o_
.,,-4

[-,
_,.-,

o_

Z,.a
[,,r.a

e_

dd

dd

<
_a4

._=
[.-,

==

=o

_
0

==
_

_,_

_._

e-,
e_

175

r,.k_
_-_

ol

Z
u_

u_

oO
e..

e_

u_

,o

oc_

e_
co

r.,_o

E
0

_d

0
,o

<

0
o

,_

e_
0

e_

_g
_._

t'.l
_
c_

"_

.._

c,.)

e,
0

o
,--4

[3

_._

Z
o I

<

e-,

o
._

<

<

o_ ,

.-

"

"

_'_
ilm

_._

e_

==

_ ._ "_ _

"_.

<
0

_"

_r'_
r,_

,_

,.0
o

<

176

<

TABLE

A-8.

MELTING TEMPERATURE
OF SOME MIXTURES
INVESTIGATED
AIR CONDITIONING
THERMAL
ENERGY STORAGE (FROM
TABLE 3-1 OF REFERENCE
1)

Mole

Relative
Weight

Composition

Weight
(gram)

Melting
Point

(%)

c (F)

NAz SO4

142.04

37.2

10 H:O

180.15

47,4

58.44

15.4

380.63

100.0

Na2 SO4

142.04

37.8

10 H20

180.15

48,0

N H4 C1

53.49

14,2

375.68

100.0

Na2 SO4

142,04

37.6

10 H20

180.15

47.6

1/2 NaC1

29.22

7.7

1/2 NH4 C1

26.75

7.1

378.16

100.0

Na2 SOa

142.04

35.8

10 H20

180.15

45.4

74.55

18.8

396.74

100.0

NaC1
Total

Total

Total

KCI
Total

FOR

18 (64)

lO (50)

13 (55)

7 (45)

177

178

E
_

>

>

f_

',D

I"_

_-

C_

C_

C_

O_'

_:_

e_

,_,

.._

<

_'_

E
0
_.)

179

TABLE A-10. MELTINGPOINT,HEATOF FUSION,AND LATENTHEATDENSITY


OF SOMEINORGANICHYDRATES(FROMTABLE3-4
OF REFERENCE1)
Heatof Fusion
(Literature)
MeltingPoint
C (F)

Material

__3('Btu_
-fir]

CaC12
6H20

28.9(84)

170.2(73.3)

2.86

X l0 s (7688)

MgCI2'6H40

117.2(243)

172.3(74.2)

2.69

X l0 s (7226)

Ca(NO3
)2 ' 4H20

42.8(109)

142.1(61.2)

2,59

X l0 s (6954)

Mg(NOa)2 " 6H20

95.0(203)

159.8(68.8)

2.34X

Zn(NO3)2" 6H20

36.1(97)

130.0(56.O)

2.69

AI(NO3)3" 9H20

70.1(158)

155.6(67)a

a. Experimental

180

LatentHeatDensity

value

10 s (6271)
X l0 s (7219)

TABLE A-I I. MELTINGTEMPERATUREAND HEATOF FUSIONOF SOME


INORGANICHYDRATEEUTECTICS(FROMTABLE 3-5
OF REFERENCE

1)

Heat of Fusion
Wt.%

Composition
CaClz

37

Ca(NOa )2
H20

23 approx.
40

CaCI2
MgC12
H20

41
10
49

CaCI2
K CI
NaC1
H20

48.0
4.3
0.4
47.3

Ca(NO3 )2 " 4H20


2n(NO3)2
" 6H20

45
55

Ca(NOa)2
Mg(NOa)2

Melting Point
C (F)

kJ(Btu_
kg \ lb

13 (56)

174.5 (75.1)

Experimental

25 (77)

129.7 (55.8)

Calculated

67
33

30 (86)

136.0 (58.5)

Calculated

Ca(NOa )a " 4Ha O


AI(NOa)2
' 9H20

72
28

35 (95)

138.9 (59.8)

Calculated

Mg(NO3)2
AI(NOa)2

" 6HaO
" 9H20

53
47

61 (142)

148.1 (63.8)

Calculated

Mg(NOa)2
2n(NOa)2

' 6H20
" 6H20

18
82

32 {90)

130.1 (56.0)

Calculated

" 4H20
" 6H20

25 (57)

27 (81)

181

0
0
0

<

0
0

0
0

0
0
t3

0
0

t_

F.-,

<

C',l
U3

_5

<
0
_,

o
0

t_

t'3

0
_'4

t3
t3

6
_0
[..,m

<

og

Fa_

"7
t'3

"7
0

t",l

"7

0
_

0
t'3

0
m_

_5

t3
e-,.

o)
b-

>.
0
0

r-,
0

.x::
0

0
.4

-1
..0

e-

<

<

<
-...,

_",i
e--

<

t,_

r_
--1

-_8

_._

182

TABLE

A-13. MELTING TEMPERATURE


AND HEAT OF FUSION OF ORGANIC
MATERIALS
FOR AIR CONDITIONING-HYDROCARBONS
AND
HALOGENATED
HYDROCARBONS
(FROM TABLE 3-7
OF REFERENCE
1)

Heat of Fusion
Compound

Melting Point
C (o F)

kg\

Ib /
(97.1)

n-Tetradecane

5.9 (42.6)

225.5

n-Pentadecane

9.0 (48.2)

162.9 (70.1)

n-Hexadecane

18.2 (64.8)

233.9 (100.7)

n-Hexadecylbromide

14 (57.2)

l-Heptadecane

11.2(52.2)

131.1 (56.5)

l-Octadecane

17.9 (64.2)

129.1 (55.6)

1-Pentadecyne

10 (50)

1-Hexodecyne

15 (59)

p-Xylene

13.2 (55.8)

159.9 (68.9)

Tridecylbenzene

lO (50)

168.3 (72.5)

Tetradecylbenzene

16 (60.8)

173.3 (74.6)

2-Nonyl

12 (53.6)

naphthaleno

3-Chlorobiophenyl

17 (62.6)

183

TABLE A-14. MELTING


EUTECTICS

POINT AND HEAT OF FUSION FOR SOME ORGANIC


(FROM TABLE 3-7 OF REFERENCE
1)

Heat of Fusion
Mole %

Compound

184

Melting Point
*C (F)

kJ (Btu_

a Chloroacetic
Phenol

Acid

31.0
69.0

16.5 (61.7)

144.1 (62.1)

/3 Chloroacetic
Phenol

Acid

35.0
65.0

11.8 (53.2)

138.2 (59.5)

o_Chloroacetic
p Cresol

Acid

28.0
72.0

13.4(56.1)

141.6 (61.0)

Chloroacetic
o Cresol

Acid

30.9
69.1

15.8 (60.4)

189.6 (81.7)

Acetic Acid
Benzoic Acid

88.0
12.0

9.5 (49.1)

184.6 (79.5)

Naphthalene
Diphenyl Methane

25.0
75.0

14.5 (58.1)

109.0 (46.9)

r..)
Z

.<

N2
<

_z
<
o_
0,.-,

_
_

O
_

_
O

_i_

_1_

I_

.<

<

"_

__

.=

oo
zd_

o_
ON
<
t_
t_

ZZ

[--,_
Z

O
0

u4
<
.-.1

<

<

<
N

.<

;.,,.,

185

TABLE

A-16. PCM DATA FOR SOME ALCOHOLS,


PHENOLS, ALDEHYDES,
KETONES,
AND ETHERS (FROM TABLE 3-7 OF REFERENCE
1)

Heat of Fusion
Melting

Alcohols

and Phenols

1-Decanol
1-Undecanol
Glycerol
m-Cresol

6.1
15
18
12

(43.0)
(59.0)
(64.4)
(53.6)

2-Chlorophenol
3,3 Dimethyl Cyclohexanol

7
11

(44.6)
(51.8)

11.8
14
15
12.6
14

(53.2)
(57.2)
(59.0)
(54.7)
(57.2)

Aldehydes,

Ketones,

200.4 (86.2)
94.0 (40.5)

and Ethers

1,4 Dioxane
2-Decanone
n-Tridecanol
Parahlehyde
2,5 Dichloroaceiophenone

186

Point

c (F)

Compound

145.3 (62.6)

104.4 (45.0)

TABLEA-17. PCMDATA FORORGANICACIDS


ORGANICS

(FROM TABLE

AND MISCELLANEOUS

3-7 OF REFERENCE

1)

Heat of Fusion
Melting Point
C (F)

Compound
Organic

k_J(Btu
kg
lb

Acids

Formic

Acid

8.4 (47.1)

276.7 (119.0)

Acetic Acid

16.6 (61.9)

201.3 (86.6)

Acrylic

12.3 (54.1)

154.9 (66.6)

Acid

n-Octanoic

Acid

16.3 (61.3)

148.2 (63.7)

n-Nonanoic

Acid

12.3 (54.1)

128.1 (55.1)

Oleic Acid

14

(57.2)

Other
Diethyl
Dimethyl

lsophthalate

11.5 (52.7)

Adipate

8.5 (47.3)

1,2 Ethylene
m-Cresyl

Diamine

Acetate

2,5 Dimethyl

Analine

8.5 (47.3)
12

(53.6)

14.2(5"7.7)

187

O0

0
0

0
oo

0
O_

_
0

0
_

0
O_

O
o

0"I

X
O_

_I_

<

(_

%
<

oo

,-_

I_.

oo

_l-

e_

_O

t_

O_

0
Z--

t_
0

Ou_
o_

_-.
O

_5

O
0.)

o_

- or..)

c4

t'-.l

r-0

,?

_/

_
>
t_
O

,--,

_r
c_
o

O I

_o
oo

0
.l
<
0
o6
"7
<

oo

_d
C_
C_

o
o
0
C
o

o
O

>

'E'
U_

_.N
,.._

._ d6
_. zZ

_2

ZN

c7

188

cr

=i

TABLE A-19. MELTING


SEM1-CLATHRATES

POINT AND HEAT OF FUSION FOR CLATHRATES


MELTING CONGRUENTLY
ABOVE 0C (32F)

(FROM

TABLE

3-9 OF REFERENCE

AND

1)
Heat of Fusion

Melting Point
C (F)

Composition
Type I Clathrate Hydrates
H2S 6.1 H20
H2S 6.1 H20
CO2 "6.0H20
C12 7.3 H20
SO2 '6.0H20
SO2 6.1 H20
C2 H40 6.9 H 20

0.4 (33)
29.5 (85)
9.9 (50)
9.7(50)
7,0 (45)
12.1 (54)
11.1 (52)

Type II Clathrate Hydrates


C4HsO 17.2 H20
(Tetrahydrofuran)
C4H80 2H2S - 17 H20
(CHa)3COH'2H
2S" 17H 20

kJ (Btu_
kg \ l-b--]

246.9 (106.3)

Calculated

4.4 (40)

255.2 (109.0)

Experimental

21.3 (70)
7.3 (45)

276.1 (118.9)

Experimental
1
1

Amine

Semi-Clathrate

(CHa)3N"

101/4H

Hydrate
20

Tetrabutylammonium
Salt Semi-Clathrate
Hydrates
Bu4NF 32H20
Bu4NCI' 32H20
Bu4NBr" 32H20
Bu4NNO3 32H20
BugNOH 32H20
Bu4NHCO3
32H20
(Bu4N)2 HPO4 ' 64H20
(Bu4 N)2 C2 04 64H20
Bu4NCHO2
32H20
Bu4NChaCO2
32H20
Bu4NC6HsCO
2 32H20
Tetraisoamylammonium

5.9 (43)

24.9
15,7
12.5
5.8
30.2
17.8
17.2
16.8
12.5
15,1
3.5

(77)
(60)
(54)
(42)
(86)
(64)
(63)
(62)
(54)
(59)
(38)

238.5 (t02.7)

Experimental

184.1 (79.3) Experimental


209.2 (90, 1) Experimental

Salt Semi-Clathrate

Hydrates
i-Aln4 NF 40 H20
i-Am4 NCI. 38 H 20
i-Am4NOH 40 H20
i-Am4 NCHO2 40 H 2 O

31.2(88)
29.8 (86)
31
(88)
15-20 (59-68)

189

TABLE

A-20.

MELTING
(FROM

POINT
TABLE

Urea

Mole

ORGANIC-INORGANIC

3-10

OF

REFERENCE

% A

17.5

15.9

23.5

33.4

Ntt 4 1

25.5

45.2

NH4NO3

47.5

54.7

Nit 4 SCN

39.5

48.4

LiNO 3

1G

18

LiNO 3

45.5

NaNO
KNOs

23
16

48.1
29.5

Sr(NO3

_2
)2

Ba(NO3 )2
K2 CO s

NH 4 CI
Nt|4

('!

46 (115)
32 (90)
76 (169)
104 (219)
84 (183)
110 (230)
92 (198)

48

10.5

33.8

140 t286)
67 (153)
96 (205)

14.8

102 (216)

MolcT_

NH4NO 3
NIt 4 SCN

(214)
76 (169)
66 (151)

25
15

38

Urea

101

24.3
22

9.4

s )2

Ca(NO3

Melting
Point
C (F)

Wt. % A

NH 4 Br

EUTECTICS
1)

Eutectics-Binary

NH4CI

Ca(NO

Eutectics-Ternary

Wt. 7_, A

2.4
2.5

Melting
Point
C(F)

Mole%B

Wt.%B

46

53

35 (95)

46

20 (68)
34 (93)

31

34

4O

NH4 NO3

LiNO 3
LiNO 3

40
7

46

51

32

NIl4 NO 3

NaNOs

41

47

9.7

35 (95)

NH4NO

KNO 3

44

49.9

5.7

43 (109)

LiNO 3

NaNOs

24

26

LiNO3

NaNO

45

49

LiNO 3

KNO 3

16

LiNO a

KNO3

45

LiNO 3

(atNOa)2

18.1

1.5

LiNO 3
LiNO3

Cai NO3 )2

16.5
41

44.5

Sr(NO3

)2

12

23

45 (113)

LiNO a

_la( NO3 )2

16

ll
17

68 (154)

LiNO 3

Ba(NO3
KNO 3

)2

44

46

22.3

27.7

l
7

92 (198)
73 (163)

17.5
3

20.5
4

18

20

NII4 NO3

NaNO

NaNO

KNO a
KNOs
KNOs
190

FOR

Ba(NO3

)2

Ca(NO3

)2

Ca(NO3
Ba(NO3

)2
)2

8.5

l0

7.1

13

65 (149)

56 (133)

3.5

4.6

100 (212)

17

9.5

62 (144)

43

19

11.5

4
14
24
5.5

27
4
9.2

10.3
14.4
2O

96 (205)
62 (144)
82 (180)

68 (154)

42.5

89 (192)
125 (257)

19.3

80 (176)

TABLE

A-20.

Acetamide

A
NH4NOa
LiNOa
NaNOa
KNOa

(Concluded)

Eutectics

Mole % A

Wt. % A

32
20
15
6

39
23
20
9.8

Melting Point
C (F)
38
25
59
72

(100)
(77)
(138)
(162)

191

APPENDIX
THERMAL

RESISTANCE

VARIATION

Some of the results of the parametric


study which are shown in Section V exhibit
interesting
trends.
Specifically,
some plots of the temperature
rise at the termination
of
melting versus fin height
Several curves in Figures
this behavior is presented

Heat

The
flows

physical
directly

through
the fin and
the geometry.

demonstrate
a relative
51 mrough 62 indicate
in this appendix.

maximum,
a relative minimum,
or both.
this behavior. A plausible explanation
of

model, which was treated


in Section
IV, is shown
from the bottom
into the PCM. Heat also flows
top.

The

relative

thermal

resistances

s,

Figure

192

l-.--w

B-1.

Physical

"

of these

TOP

model.

paths

in Figure B-I.
into the PCM
is dependent

on

Some insight into the thermal resistance behavior may be gained by means of a
simple but nonexact
viewpoint.
Suppose
tile effect of tile top is ignored and the PCM
and fin are each represented
by a single node. Tile resulting
thermal
network,
including
thermal
resistances,
for the heat flow between
the bottom
and the PCM is indicated
in
Figure
B-2. The equivalent
thermal
resistance
for this arrangement
is related
to tile
parameters
by

Keq K w B =

The

right-hand

parameters

side

covered

1.0/[2W/H

of

+ 2 (K/Kw)HS/(2H_

equation

in the

(B-l)

parametric

was

study.

1069 was also used. The results are plotted


geometry
on the equivalent
thermal resistance

evaluated
The

(B-l)

+ WS(K/Kw)]

for

thermal

the

range

condttctivity

of geometrical
ratio

(K/K w) of

in Figures B-3 through B-5. The effect of


for the simplified network
is shown by the

curves.

H/KS2B

W/2KwHB

FIN

NODE

AIIL

BOTTOM

Pcr._NODE

NODE

H/2KwWB
Figure

B-2.

Simplified

thermal

network.

193

1.4

1.2

1.0

x
u
J
Z
ItM
,J

0.8

<c
=Z
I,M
3:
IIZ
ul
_1

0.6

<
>
3

LEGEND
S2 = 0.0127 cm (0.005 in.)
W.cm (in.)
1 0.127
(0.05)
2 0.254
(0.1)
3 0.508
(0.2)
4 1.016
(0.4)
5 2.032
(0.8)

0.4

0.2

3
2
1
5

0
0

I,
0

6
10
12
14
PCM HEIGHT (cm)

I
2

I
4

16

18

I
6

20

22

I
8

PCM HEIGHT (in.)

Figure

B-3.

Variation

of equivalent

fin thickness
194

thermal

of 0.0127

resistance

cm (0.005

in.).

with

height

for a

0.4

CO

X
iii

_j
z
I-.
m
O')
LM
nr"
.=1

I,M

-III-z
ill

LEGEND

>
:3
O

S2 = 0.0508

ill

W,cm
0.127
0.254
0.508
1.016
2.032

1
2
3
4
5

12

14

16

18

20

Variation
fin

22

(cm)

PCM HEIGHT
B-4.

in.)

10

PCM HEIGHT

Figure

cm (0.02

(in.)
(0.05)
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.4)
(O.8)

of

equivalent

thickness

of

(in.)

thermal
0.0508

resistance
cm

(0.02

with

height

for

in.).

195

0.3
LEGEND
S2 = 0.127 cm (0.05 in.)
W,crn (in.)
1 0.127
(0.05)
2 0.254
(0.1)
3 0.508
(0.2)
4 1.016
(0.4)
5 2.032
(0.8)
m
v
x
J

z
<
I-

f/J
MI
,J

<
:E
n,.
u.i
-r
I,IZ
uJ
..I

:)
0
u,I

0
0

16

18

20

22

PCM HEIGHT

Figure

B-5.

Variation

of equivalent

fin thickness

196

10
12
14
PCM HEIGHT (cm)

(in.)

thermal

of O. 127

resistance

cm (0.05

in.).

with

height

for a

APPENDIX
COMPUTER

An

example

PROGRAM

FOR EXAMPLE

application

of

a phase

DESCRIBED

change

device

with

IN SECTION

a nonuniform

thermal

boundary
condition
is discussed
in Section
V. The equation
used to compute
the
temperature
variation of the flowing fluid is equation
(37). The computer
program shown
in Table C-I was written
to facilitate
the calculation
of the mean fluid temperature
from
equation
(37). This program
occupies
approximately
7 K words of storage. The data
shown

in Table

C-2 is required

the

function

the

inlet temperature

functions

subroutines

for U 0 and

for each run. In addition,

COEFF

and TEMP.

of the fluid.
the

inlet

Note

that

temperature.

COEFF
there
The

the user must


calculates

are provisions
function

supply

routines

in

U 0 and TEMP generates


for up to three

used during

different

any run is chosen

by the data entered


in the data card (Table C-2). There are provisions for multiple runs
within
one computer
job. The program
reads nine cards, processes
the run, and then
returns
to read nine more. If none are present,
the program
terminates.
For each run,
header information
is printed,
such as flow rates, and fluid and PCM properties.
Two
time steps are printed simultaneously,
one on the left-hand
side of the page, the other on
the right-hand
side of the page. A description
of the output data is given in Table C-3.
At the end of each run, the total energy stored, QTOT, is printed.

197

TABLEC-I.

COMPUTER
VARIATION

PROGRAM

AS IT FLOWS

USED

TO COMPUTE

FLUID

A PHASE

CHANGE

THROUGH

TEMPERATURE
DEVICE

REAL
LENQTH*MLUMPaMDOT
INTEQER
IInE*TZMECT
DIMENSIUN
IM_AN(2aSOO)aQTAB(50"DI,O_O2(SUOIaTLUM_(2
1*500)
9998
100

COMMON I_UPFaLINCTaOLDTMEaNOOECT
READ
(5_ZOU_ND.9999)
TFREEZ
FORMAT
{Plu._}
READ
I5,Zlu)
laTIMELNsTM_S'rP

110
150
190
160
170
180
199
_00

SPHEAToMOOT*HTXFE_,dIDT_:*_NSTMaXBTEP

FORMAT
(_FZO.2/2FIO_,FtO.5/F13.Z,_O._
READ
(5,15u_
RHO_XBECT
FORMAT
_FIO.2}
READ
(5,190)
SPAC,VIBCaPRAN*CO_
FORMAT
(_FZo.2)
READ
(5_%6u)
MEISHT,HTFUBaBPHL_P_CON_t_PaRMOLMP
FORMAT
LPI_.b_F_O.2)
READ
(5,17o)
IWRITaISUPX
FORMAT
(_150;
READ
(5,18u)
ITMPZNaIUORTN
FORMAT
(_Z_OI
WRITE
{6_1_
FORMAT
('1')
WRITE
{_2uO_
FORMAT
I'O',T_ga_______,
WRITE

(6,2_o_

LEN3THaXSECT

_0

FORMAT
_'
'_I3B_CAPACITOR
I_FLOw
PASb. AREA =_F7,_#
t
wRITE
(6,_o)
HEI_HTaSPAC
_30
FORMAT
t,
tI3BIIDZMENOION
1 FT=*_TBU_'FLOWPASS
HEISHT
WRITE
(6_2_ul
*IDTH
2_0
FORMAT
('
'*]_9_
H-_IOTH
WRITE
(6_ZZOJ
_10
FORMAT
_'
',T_9,___#_____
wRITE
WRITE
_50
FORMAT
Z/HR.t_T8
WRITE

_EN_Td
S_.FT_,TI$$_,'_'!
_

PC_
-l,rT._**
=lFTo_0

(6,_uo_
(6*_b0;
_OOT_VISC
(' '_138,
tF_UID

U *'viSCOSITY
"*FTo#a
{6,_bo_
SPHEATa?RAN

='_/'3,

HEI3HI
=_F7.3_
rIT*',T115_*

198

(6_2_u)
HTFUSaCON_P
('
',13B,_CM
FI'*TBO,
tTHERM

CONO

_EAT
=_=3_

t_ro'_T115,,_,l

FORMAT
('
'*138*=_ROPERTIE$
i?ECZ=I;iMl
1BTU/LB-P_TIO_IPRAND
NO =_F7*3,
TltS',_e'l
WRITE
(6,21ol
RHO,CONO
270
FORMAT
('
',I_9_
DENSITY
"1,7_3,_
._/UB
I*'THERM
_OND =_,F7,3_
BTU/HR=FT.Ft,T115_,_,)
WRITE
(_,21o_
WRITE
(6,2u0)
WRITE
FORMAT
1BTU/CU_

FT._.TBC

_Od
_krE
"_F7.3,'
I .6/r,T'HR''*T115*'_')

E60

_SO

=_F5.3_'

FT'_T$O

D _ F_
-',FS.0_'
_ CTU/MR-FT-F?

LB

TABLEC-1. (Continued)
2,Tl15s_'l
WRITE
|b*2_O)
SPHLHP,TFREEZ
290
FORMAT
t'
'*13BaPROPERTIE8
RPECIrI;'
HT =',F5,3,
_
1BTU/LB'PaT_OalFREEZE
TEHP
=o_,
,3, o rllaT115,
l_v)
_RITE
(6_3u0)
RHOL_P
300
FORMAT
('
'sT_gaODENSZTY
=taF7s3al
_3t_B
FTOaTltSs
t
1_ o )
WRITE
(6,2_0)
WRITE
(6,200)
WRITE
16a310)
XGTEPaITHPIN
310
FORHAT
t'
'.138,
ORUN
K'_TE_
=J#F_o_,o
F_naT8_
1,TEMP-;N
_TN
! o,llmTlt5,
t_t)
WRITE
(6,3_0_
THESTPaIUORTN
320
FORMAT
s'
'sT38,.OpARAHETERS
TIHE'STP
=*F7'3.
HR9
1,TBO,
oUO=RIN
: oIl_TllSa_)
WRITE
(6,3_0)
TIHELN
330
FORMAT
_'
'_T_9_u_
TIHE
LENGTH
=lF7.3at
HRS'aT_IS_e
_
WRITE
(6_o)
CleRHO_6ECT_SPHE_TtTHESTP
C_=HDOT_PHEATIXSTEP
NODECT=L_NUTH/XSTE?+2
TIMECT-TIM_L_/THESTP
VOLU_E=WZOIH_XSTE?_HEIGHT
M_UHP=RMULMP_VO_U_E
UCONST=II(HE_QHTt(2_CON6HP))
DIA=_o_BPAU
REYNO-DIA_DOT/IRHO_XsECT_VISC._
ZHTgW=I
IF
(HTXF_R'E_,O,O)
ZHTBW=O
DO t J=IaNUDECT
TffiEAN(I_d)=TFREEZ
TkUHP(Iad}=TFREEZ
% QTAB(J)=U'
IRITSW=IWRIT'1
IBUFF'O
_INCT=25
O_DT_E=_9'O
O0 3 TI_=I_TIHECT
TmTIME_a_E_T_
IF
ClRITUW'E_*IWRIT)
ZRITSW=O

30

TMEAN(_al)=TbMPZN(ITMPINaT)
DO _ NOD_=_ODECT
X=(NODE-_IeX_TEp
UO-COEFFIGIAB(NODEI_VOEUHE_HTFUBprR_rN_IUDRTN)
IF
(FRACIN'LT.O._gl
O0 TO 3C
T_UMP(2aNO_E_=OLD_(NODE)/(M_UHP_SPHLM=iIeI_U_P(I_NODE)
TMPPCM=T_UMP(2aNODE)
UO=UCON=I
_0
TO _u
TRPPC_=TFREEZ

199

TABLEC-1. (Continued)
40

IF
(IHTSW,LQ.I)
QO TO 20
QRATZmXttDLA_REYNOePRAN)
HTXFER=|_ONO/DIA)vHEATIQRATZ)
EO C#-(HTXFbR_wIDTH_UO)/(UOeHTXFE_)
CS=l/(CleCe+_)
TMEANI2*NO_E)=C_(C_TMPPCM+C2_T_EA_(_aNO_E-t)C;
I_THEANItaNUDE)|
QAmC2_ITflEANt2aNODEIRTHEANI2_N3_E_I)I
GBmCI_ITeEANtgaNODE)-THEANIleN3_Ei))
G"-I_IGMGU)_THESTPvXSTEP
QTAB(NOD_)=_TAB(NODE)+Q
OLDG(NO_L)=Q
IF
(IRITBN'K_.ZWRIT)
CALL
PRNTZT(TqEk_(_SNOOE)agTAB
I INODE)/_HAGT_UOaT/THEAN(2_l)_X_OD[s_TXFLR_IBU_X|
CONTINUL
DO 2 J-Z,NUDECT
TkUMP(laJ)mTkUHPI2eJ,)
2 _MEAN(iadI"TMEANI2aJ)
3 CONTINU(
BTOT'O
DO 10 J'_aNODECT
QTOTmQTOle_TAB(_)
WRITE
(6,1_01QTOT
FORHAT
(bXa*_TOT
_aFtO_2)
GO TO 9S_
9999
CALL EXZl
END
SUBROUTINE
P_NTIT(THEANa_TABaF_T_aJ3,TarE_P_N,XaNDDE
laHTXFRaIBUPX)
DZHENSIO_
1._ANtISOO),_TABIISO3)aFRCT_tlSOO)aU01(500)
laHTXFR_I_OU)
COMMON ;_UPFaL/NCT,OLDTMEaNODE:T
ZF (_$UPX_b_.O.AND.NODEeNE.NODE_T)
R,_JRN
IF
(FRCT_oUT,IeO)
FRCTNmt*O
IF
(IBUFF*k_.O)
_0 TO 10
IF
(OLDT_E'E_,T)
30 TO 20
%BUFF"O
O_DT_E=!
_0
TO 3u
TMEAN_(_UO_)'TMEAN
QTABIINUO(_=_TAB
FRCTNIIN_D_)=FRCTN
UOIINOOL_-UC
HTXFRI(NUD_)=HTXFR
RETURN
t0
IF
(OLDT_E.E_.T)
_0 TO tO
IBUFF*I
OLDT_E=T
PRNTTH-UkDI_
PRNTTP=TbffiP|N
_0
TO 2u

200

TABLE

C-1.

(Continued)

30

C
C
C

C
C
C

C
C
C

IF
(klNio_E.65)
30 TO 60
WRITE
(6,1uol
PRNTTHaPRNTTP_TaTE_PIS
100
FORMAT
_'O',Tg_tTI_E
aoaF6o3jTE8_OTE_m_
sO_F7.2,
I_'TIME
='aPS.3aTlO3aOTEMPIN
.oJF2.2)
wRITE
(6#1_0J
O0 TO 40
50
WRITE
16alZOI
?RNTTH_PRNTTPaTaTE_PZ_
110
FORMAT
C'I',TgsOTIME
=o_Fs.3_T_BJtTE_a_
"I,F7*E_TB_
laITIME
=',_6.3,T103aOTEHPZN
=u,F?,2)
Iba2OJ
WRITE
140
FORMAT
('O',lgj*X*aT16stTEHPtat28_*_OpT3b_CHAN3E_T47
taluOO_TSba'HTXFEROsTlOaXtoT8B,
UtEHmOpTlOO_'Q'aTtO9
2alCHANQE'alI19_IUDO_TI_6atHTXFER
)
LINCT=_
_0
IF
(LINCT.LT.73)
30 TO 60
WRITE
16,1bO_
160
FORMAT
_'l'_19aXaT16_tTEMPlaT_B;2teT36a'_HAN3E_T_7
%_UO#T551'HTXFERt/TBO#_X_TBB_oTE_II_T_OU_T%09
_VCHANG_'#i_lgalUOUaTI26#IHTXFER)
klNCT=2
60
LINCT-LINCI%
WRITE
(6,1b0)
X_THEANI(NODEI_gTA_t(_O._E_P_PRCTNI(NODE)
LaUOI(NO_)_HT
XFRI(NODE)aXaTHEkN_T&]pFRCTNaUO*_TXF_
150
FORMAT
('
'_SFJOoZal%XaSF%0'2)
RETURN
END
FUNCTION
CUEFF(_T&B_VO_UHE_HTF_S_FRACrTN_IOORTN
}
VO_H6Tm_IA_/HTrUS
FRACTN=AUBtVULHLT/VOLUME)
IF
(FRACTN'G_.O.99)
RETURN
GO TO (I_2*3)_IUORTN
CONTZNU_
_
UBEH SUPPLIED
UO vARIATION
_3UTI_[
_
_
_OEB BETWEEN
gTATEMENTS
_K_*
_
8ELECTbD
WHEN IUORTN'I,
ZF (FRAC[NoQT.o_5)
_0 TO _0
COEFF=lU6,ZE'242,56_FRACTN
RETURN.
10 COEFF-5_.3_-35.37_FRACTN
RETURN
CONTINUE
_
A S_OnO
uO VARIATION
ROUTINE
_
MAY UO _T_EEN
STATEMENTS
_K3*
_
SEL_T_O
WHEN IUORTN=_.
COEFF=5uu.u
RETURN
3 CONTINUE
_
A T_IR_
uO VARIATION
ROUTINE
CAN 30
_
AFTEH
STATEMENT
3.
_
SEL_CTD
WHEN IUORTN=3o
RETURN

T8_

201

TABLEC-I. (Concluded)

C
C

10

80

30

_0
2

C
C

3
C

10

_0

202

END
FUNCTION
T_MPIN(ITHPZN,T)
O0 TO (l*2a3),ZTHP_
CONTINUE
_
USER SUPPLIED
INLET
TE_PERATJRE
_v_
ROUTIN_
GO_8
BETWEEN
8TATE_ENTS
_v_
1&2'
8LECTED
_HEN
ITEMPINIt'
ZF (T,er,l.5J
QO TO 10
TEMPIN-1.3B_T
RETURN
IF
(T*QT'5'5!
_0
TO EO
TEHPINmSO,6_'12,927_T_9,BZb_T_T
RETURN
IF
(T*EI'IO.5!
80
TO 30
TEePZNI_UE.O_$ZNI(3$I415/15)eT)
RETURN
IF
(T,Gr,I_,O)
GO TO _0
TEHPIN-l_8_,_65-157t533_T+3,Bge_T_T
RETURN
TEMPIN"O14,7"_O,96_T
RETURN
CONTINU_
_
A SEUOND
TEHPERATURE
VARIATION
_e
ROUISN_
_AY
GO BETWEEN
STATEHENT|
_e
2&3.
8_CTED
_HEN
ITE_PIN=_,
TEHPIN"_OO'O_O,OvT
RETURN
CONTINUE
_.k
TH_RU
_N6ET
T.EHPERATURE
vArIATION
_
ROU_N_
_Ay
GO AFTER
8TATEHE_T
_v
3,
_LCTED
WHEN ITEMPIN_3:
RETURN
END
FUNCTION
H_AT(GRATZ)
IF
(_RAT&,UT'.01)
GO TO 10
EX"'O*26
HEAT"2,_RATZ_EX
RETURN
IF
(_RATZo_T..03)
EXI-O,O_
HEAT_7,_b_URATZv_EX
RETURN
HEAT_7,5_I
RETURN
END

30

TO

20

o.

0
i

0
i

r_

"7

<
Z

_Q

L_
u-]

.5

io

--1

e-,

<

E
LD

,.3
"3
.,.._

'_

:::3

P_

o--

,_

._

<
"_ -._H_
__

z_

._ m __
C2
;a4

:_ _ _ _ _
_ __._ _
- _:_ _ _'_ _ %_'_
_
._

ri

,.-,

O0
i

, .-

"7--

000

"7,-----

r"

+-' ,.-_

<._<<

0000

"7 ....

0
"1

_)

203

.._

e,,

,,,_

o
"6

_z

_8
o

_o

2O4

o o

TABLE C-3. DESCRIPTION


OFOUTPUTDATA FROMPROGRAM
LISTEDIN TABLEC-1
DataName

Description

Units

TEMPIN

Fluid inlet temperature

oF

X location

ft

TEMP

Temperature

at X

Accumulated

heat transfer

in the capacitor

oF
into the PCM

Btu

at X
CHANGE

Fraction

UO

U0

HTXFER

Convective

undergone

change of phase
Btu
h.ft 2 .o F
Btu

heat transfer

fluid and flow passage

coefficient
wall

between

h.ft 2.F

205

APPENDIX
COMPUTER

PROGRAM

USED TO FACILITATE

D
THE EXPLICIT

NUMERICAL

STUDY

The computer
program
used to facilitate
the explicit numerical
study is outlined
and described
in this appendix.
A copy of the program
for a melting run with inclusion
of convective
effects is given in Section
D.1; the corresponding
notation
is described
in
Section D.2; and the steps are discussed in Section D.3.
After

listing

D.I would not run


indicated
in Section

this program,

it was discovered

that

the program

described

in Section

for the case of M = 1. The statements


causing this incompatibility
D.1 by an arrow placed at the left of the appropriate
statement.

are

A copy of the computer


program
for a solidification
case is given in Section D.4.
A comparison
of the appropriate
statements
with those shown in Section D.3 generally
illustrates
the modification
to accommodate
M = 1.
The
for changing

206

statements
which were included
in the solidification
program
to allow
the effective
interfacial
area for nodes experiencing
melting are underlined.

D.1. COMPUTERPROGRAMFOR MELTING

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
4O
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
57
54

DIMENSION RV(5,31) , RH(5,3|)


, C(5,31)
, QS(5,31),
DIMENSION T2(5,31)
, F(5,31)
, Q(5,31)
, QRAT(5,31),
DIMENSION TMI(9),
TM2(9), TM3(B), TM4(9), TIM(B)
DIMENSION QRA2(5, 31)
COMP
UTATI ONAL PARAMETERS
N=27
M=4
AM=M
MM=M+I
NN:N+2
NJ=N+3
NI=N+4
ND=9
NDP=8
TAU=I .I
KCOUNT=
1
MCOUNT=
1
MFIN=500
EPS=I .E-06
KCHK=IO00
JOE=I
DT=I .OE-04
TAU2=( I0. *DT) + ( DT/3. )
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
TAMB=80.
TIN=73.5
HTOP=I.E-08
HBOT=5.0
G=(32.2*3600 .*3600. )
WAX
DEN=47.2
TK=O.087
CP=O.5
TTR=73.04
HTR=22.108
TMELT=89.8
HMELT=73.357
TREF=50.0
BETA=O.00045
VIS=14.3
CL=CP
TKL=TK
BOTTOMPLATE DENOTEDBY 1
DEN1=171.0
TKI =93.0
CP1=0.22
FIN DENOTEDBY 2
DEN2=171.0
TK2=93.0
CP2=O.22
TOP PLATE DENOTEDBY 3
DEN3:72.5
TK3=O.09
CP3=O.33

TI(5,31)
T3(1,31)

207

55
GEOMETRY PARAMETERS
56
W:0.75/12.0
57
H=2.625/12.0
58
B=5.0/12.0
59
S=W/(2.0*AM)
60
SI=0.032/12.0
61
S2=0.008/12.0
62
S3=0.25/12.0
63
F2JM=I.O/(32.0*S*I2.0)
64
VERTICAL RESISTANCES
65
RV(I,2)=(SI/(TKI*S2*B))+(2./(HBOT*S2*B))
66
DO I0 I=2,MM
67
I0 RV(I,2)=(SI/(2.*TKI*S*B))+(I./(HBOT*S*B))
68
RV(I,3)=(S/(TK2*S2*B))+(SI/(TKI*S2*B))
69
DO 20 I=2,MM
70
20 RV(I,3)=(I./(2.*TK*B))+(SI/(2.*TKI*S*B))
71
DO 30 J=4,NN
72
30 RV(I,J)=((2.*S)/(TK2*S2*B))
73
DO 40 J=4,NN
74
DO 40 I=2,MM
75
40 RV(I,j)=(I./(TK*B))
76
RV(I,N+3)=(S3/(TK3*S2*B))+(S/(TK2*S2*B))
77
DO 50 I=2,MM
78
50 RV(I,N+3)=(S3/(2.*TK3*S*B))+(I./(2.*TK*B))
79
RV(I,N+4)=(S3/(TK3*S2*B))+(2./(NTOP*S2*B))
80
RV(2,N+4)=(S3/(2.*TK3*B*(S+(S2/2.))))+(I./(HTOP*B*(S+(S2/2.)))
81 -_-_"DO
60 I=3,MM
82
60 RV(I,N+4)=(S3/(2.*TK3*S*B))+(I./(HTOP*S*B))
83
HORIZONTAL RESISTANCES
84
RH(2,N+3)=((S2+S)/(2.*TK3*S3*B))
85 "_--_'-DO
70 I=3,MM
86
70 RH(I,N+3)=(S/(TK3*S3*B))
87
DO 80 J=3,NN
88
80 RH(2,J)=(S2/(2.*TK2*S*B))+(I./(2.*TK*B))
89
DO 90 J=3,NN
90 _DO
90 I=3,MM
91
90 RH(I,J)=(I./(TK*B))
92
RH(2,2):((S2+S)/(2.*TKI*SI*B))
93 --------I=-DO
I00 I=3,MM
94
I00 RH(I,2)=(S/(TKI*SI*B))
95
RH(2,N+3)=RH(2,N+3)+RV(I,
N+3)
96
NODAL CAPACITANCES
97
C(I,2)=((DENI*SI*S2*B*CPI)/2.)
98
DO IlO I=2,MM
99
II0
C(I,2)=(DENI*SI*S*B*CPI)
I00
DO 120 J=3,NN
I01
120 C(I,J)=((DEN2*S2*S*B*CP2)/2.)
102
C(I,N+J)=((DEN3*S2*S3*B*CP3)/2.)
103
C(2,N+3)=(S3*B*(S+(S2/2.))
*DEN3*CP3)
I04"_G_'DO
130 I=3,MM
105
130 C(I,N+3)=(DEN3*S3*S*B*CP3)
106
DO 140 J=3,NN
107
DO 140 I=2,MM
108
140 C(I,J)=(DEN*(S**2)*B*CP)
109 _QI=(C(3,a)*(TTR-TREF))
II0
Q2=QI+((DEN*(S**2)*B*HTR))

208

111 _Q3=Q2+((C(3,4))*(TMELT-TTR)
)
112
Q4=Q3+((DEN*(S**2)*B*HMELT))
113
INITIALIZATION
OF PERTINENT QUANTITIES
114
TIME=O.O
115
QWAX=O.0
116
QBW=O.0
117
QSW=O.0
118
QTW=O.0
119
QTOP=O.0
120
QFTR=O.O
121
QTTR=O.0
122
VI=O.O
123
V2=O.0
124
DMO=O
.0
125
DO 150 J=2,NJ
126
DO 150 I=I,MM
127
150 TI(I,J)=TIN
128 _
I F(TIN.LT.TTR)QSIN=(C(3,4)*(TIN-TREF))
129 _
IF(TIN .GT .TTR.AND.TIN. LT .TMELT) QSIN=Q2+(( C(3,4) )*(TIN-TTR))
130 _
IF(TIN .GT.TMELT)QSIN---Q4+((C(3,4))*(TIN-TMELT))
131
DO 160 I=I,MM
132
160 T1 ( I ,N+4)=TAMB
133
DO 170 J=3,NN
134
DO 170 I=2,MM
135
17O QS(I,J)=QSlN
136
DO 180 I=I,MM
137
Q(I ,2):0.0
138
180 Q( I ,N+3)=0.0
139
DO 190 J=3,NN
140
190 Q(l ,j):O.O
141
DO 199 J:2,NI
142
DO 199 I=I,MM
143
F(I,O):O.O
144
199 QRAT(I ,J )=0 .0
145
I=I ,ND)
READ(5,11) (TMI (I),
146
READ(S,1 I) (TM2(1),
I=I ,ND)
147
READ(S,11) (TM3(1),
I=I,ND)
148
I:I ,ND)
READ(S,11) (TM4(1),
149
READ( 5,11 ) (TIM(1),
I=I ,ND
150
11 FORMAT
(8FIO.O)
151
WRITE(6,22) TIME,W,H,N,M
152
22 FORMAT(IX ,5HTIME= ,El5.8,IOX,2HW=,El5.8 ,lOX ,2HH=,El5.8 ,lOX,2HN=,l2,
153
15X,2HM=,I2)
154
WRITE (6,33)QI,Q2 ,Q3,Q4
155
33 FORMAT(IX,3HQI=,EI5.8,1OX,3HQ2=,EI5.8,1OX,3HQ3=,EI5.B,IOX,3HQ4=,EI
156
5.8)
157
WRITE(6,44)
158
44 FORMAT(2X,4HI J,5X,19HVERTICAL RESISTANCE,6X,21HHORIZONTAL RESIST
159
ANCE,6X ,I 7HNODALCAPACITANCE,6X ,I 1HTEMPEP_ATURE
,5X ,7HQS( I ,J) )
160
DO 200 J=2,NI
161
DO 200 I=I,MM
162
IF(J.EQ.N+4)
GO TO 1
163
GO TO 2
164
1 QS(l ,J)=O.O
165
RH(I,j)=I.E08
166
C(I,J)=O.0

167
2 IF(I.EQ.I}RH(I,J}=I.E08
168
IF(J.EQ.2.0R.J.EQ.N+3)QS(I,J)=O.O
169
IF(I.EQ.I)QS(I,J)=O.O
170
WRITE(B,55)I,J,RV(I,J),RH(I,J),C(I,J),Tl(I,J),QS(I,J)
171 55 FORMAT(IX,12,1X,12,5X,EIB.B,IOX,EIB.8,1OX,EIB.8,6X,EI6.B,4X,EI5.8)
172 200CONTINUE
173
DO889J=3,NN
174
889 T3(I,J)=TI(I,J)
175
COMPUTATION SECTION COMPUTATION SECTION COMPUTATION SECTION
176
3 TIME=TIME+DT
177
DO 210 J=3,NJ
178
QP_AT(I,J)=((TI(2,J)-TI(I,J)_RH(2,j))+((TI(I,J-I)-TI(I,j))/RV(I,J)
179
+((Tl(l,J+l)-Tl(l,J))/RV(l,J+l))
180
QP_AT(MM,J)=((TI(M,J)-TI(MM,J))/RH(MM,J))+((TI(MM,J-I)-TI(MM,J))/RV
181
(IVLM,J))+((TI(MM,J+I)-TI(MM,J))/RV(MM,j+I))
182
210 CONTINUE
183
DO 211 J=3,NJ
184_D0
211 I=2,M
185
QRAT(I,j)=((TI(I-I,J)-TI(I,J))/RH(I,J))+((TI(I+I,J)-TI(I,J))/RH(I+
186
l,J))+((Tl(I,J-l)-Tl(I,j))/RV(I,J))+((Tl(I,J+l)-Tl(I,J))/RV(I,J+l)
IB7
)
188
211 CONTINUE
189
212 DO 220 J=3,NJ
190
DO 220 I=I,MM
191
220 QS(I,J)=QS(I,J)+(QRAT(I,J)*DT)
192
DO 240 I=2,MM
193
240 T2(I,N+3)=TI(I,N+3)+((QP,
AT(I,N+3)*DT)/C(I,N+3))
194
T2(l,N+3)=T2(2,N+3)
195
DO 250 J=3,NN
196
DO 250 I=2,MM
197
IF(QS(I,J).LT.QI)T2(I,J)=TREF+(QS(I,J)/C(I,J))
198
IF(QS(I,J).GE.QI.AND.QS(I,J).LE.Q2) T2(I,J)=TTR
199
IF(QS(I,J).GT.Q2.AND.QS(I,J).LT.Q3) T2(I,J)=TTR+((QS(I,J)-Q2)/C(I,
J))
200
IF(QS(I,J).GE.Q3.AND.QS(I,J).LE.Q4) T2(I,J)=TMELT
201
WHEN GOING FROM MELT TO FREEZE OR VICE-VERSA CHANGE THE FOLLnWING CARD
202
IF(QS(I,J).GT.Q3.AND.QS(I,J).LT.Q4) F(I,J)=(QS(I,J)-Q3)/(DEN*(S**2
203
)*B*HMELT)
204
IF(QS(I,J)GT.Q4) T2(I,J)=TMELT+((QS(I,J)-Q4)/C(I,J))
205
WHEN GOING FROM MELT TO FREEZE OR VICE-VERSA CHANGE THE FOLLOWING CARD
206
IF(QS(I,J).GE.Q4)F(I,J)=I.0
207
IF(QS(I,J).LE.Q3) F(I,J)=O.O
208
250 CONTINUE
209
SPECIFICATION AND/OR DETERMINATION OF FIN TEMPERATURES
210
THE FOLLOWING DO LOOP ASSUMES FIN TEMPERATURES FOR ITERATION
211
DO 255 J=3,NN
212
255 T2(l,J)=T3(l,J)
213
DO 260 L=I,NDP
214
IF(TIME.GE.TIM(L).AND.TIME.LE.TIM(L+I)) GO TO 4
215
260 CONTINUE
216
4 FAC=(TIME-TIM(L))/(TIM(L+I)-TIM(L))
217
T2(I,2)=TMI(L)+((TMI(L+I)-TMI(L))*FAC)
218
T2(I,8)=TM2(L)+((TM2(L+I)-TM2(L))*FAC)
219
T2(I,IB)=TM3(L)+((TM3(L+I)-TM3(L))*FAC)
220
T2(I,21)=TM4(L)+((TM4(L+I)-TM4(L))*FAC)
221
DO 270 I=I,MM
210

222
270 T2(I,2)=T2(I,21
223
UNSPECIFIED
FIN TEMPERATURES
DETERMINED BY STEADY STATE EQUATIONS
224
256 MCOUNT=MCOUNT+I
225
DO 280 J=3,NN
226
T3(I,J)=T2(I,J)
227
IF(J.EQ.8.0R.J.EQ.15)
GO TO 5
228
IF(J.EQ.21) GO TO 5
229
T2(I,J)=((T2(I,J-I)/RV(I,J))+(T2(2,J)/RH(2,J))+(T2(I,J+I)/RV(|,J+I
230
)))/((l./RV(l,J))+(l./RH(2,J_+(l./RV(l,J+l)))
231
5 CONTINUE
232
280 CONTINUE
233
IF(MCOUNT.GT.MFIN)
GO TO 8
234
DO 281 J=3,NN
235
DIF=T2(I,J)-T3(I,J)
236
IF(ABS(DIF).GT.EPS)
GO TO 256
237
281 CONTINUE
238
IF(JOE.EQ.2) GO TO 285
239
JOE=JOE+I
240
DO 888 J=3,NJ
241
DO 888 I=T,MM
242
888 QS(I,J)=QS(I,J)-(QRAT(I,J)*DT)
243
DO 282 J=3,NJ
244
QRA2(I,J)=((T2(2,J)-T2(I,J))/RH(Z,J))+((T2(I,J-I)-T2(I,J))/RV(I,J)
245
)+((T2(l,J+l)-T2(l,J))/RV(l,J+l))
246
QRA2(MM,J)=((T2(M,J)-TZ(MM,J))/RH(MM,J))+((T2(MM,J-I)-T2(MM,J))/R_
247
(MM,J)_+((T2(MM,J+I)-T2(MM,J))/RV(MM,J+I))
248
282 CONTINUE
249
DO 283 J=3,NJ
250 "---'4"DO 283 I=2 ,M
251
QRA2(I,J)=((T2(I-I,J)-T2(I,J))/RN(I,J))+((T2(I+I,J)-T2(I,J))/RH(14
252
I,J))+((T2(I,J-I)-T2(I,J))/RV(I,j))+((T2(I,J+I_-T2(I,J))/RV(I,J+I)
253
)
254
283 CONTINUE
255
DO 284 J=3,NJ
256
DO 284 I=I,MM
257
284 QRAT(I,J)=(QRAT(I,J)+QRA2(I,J))/2.0
258
GO TO 212
259
285 MCOUNT=I
260
DO 286 I=I,MM
261
286 QRAT(I,2)=((T2(I,2)-TI(I,2))*C(I,2)/DT)
262
DO 287 I=I,MM
263
287 QS(I,2)=QS(I,2)+(C(I,2)*(T2(I,2)-TI(I,2)))
264
DO 290 I=2,MM
265
QBW=(T2(I,2)-T2(I,3))/RV(I,3)+QBW
266
290 QTW=(T2(I,N+3)-T2(I,N+2))/RV(I,N+3)+QTW
267
QBT=QBW+((T2(I,2)-T2(I,3))/RV(I,3))
268
DO 300 J:3,NN
269
300 QSW=QSW+((T2(I,J)-T2(2,J))/RH(2,J))
270
DO 310 I=I,MM
271
310 QTOP=((T2(I,N+3)-TAMB)/RV(I,N+4))+QTOP
272
DO 311J=3,NN
273
311 QFTR=QFTR+QRAT( 1 ,J)
274
DO 312 I=I,MM
275
312 QTTR=QTTR+QRAT( 1 ,NJ)
276
QWAX=(QBW+QTW+QSW)*DT+(QWAX)
277
RATIO=QSW/QBW

211

278
ERROR=((QBT-(QBW+QSW+QTW+QTOP+QFTR+QTTR))*100.0)/QBT
279
DO 930 J=3,NN
280
DO 930 I=2,MM
281
V2=V2+(F(I,J)*(S**2)*B)
282
930 CONTINUE
283
DAVG= ((2.O'V2)/(W'B))'12.0
284
QMELT=((V2-VI)*DEN*HMELT)/DT
285
Vl=V2
286
V2=O .0
287
DELT=ABS(T2(1,2)-TMELT)
288
PR=(VlS*CL)/TKL
289
RA=((DEN**2)*G*CL*BETA*DELT*(DAVG**3))/(VIS*TKL*1728.O)
290
IF(T2(I ,2).LE.TMELT) RA=O.O
291
IF(RA.GT.I.E05 )TK=(TKL*O.104*(RA**O.305)*(PR**O.084))
292
IF(RA.GE.3500.O.AND.RA.LE.l.EO5)TK= (TKL*O.229"(RA**0.252) )
293
IF(RA.GE.1700.0 .AND.RA.LT.3500.0) TK= (TKL*O.00238"(P4_**0.816)
294
TKR=TK/TKL
295
DO 945 I=2,MM
296
IF(F(I,3).LT.O.25) GO TO 945
297
RV(I ,3)=(I./(2.*TK*B))+(SI/(2.*TKI*S*B))
298
945 CONTINUE
299
DO 946 J=4,NN
300
DO 946 I=2,MM
301
IF(F(I,J).LT.EPS) GO TO 946
302
RV(I,J)=(I./(TK*B))
303
946 CONTINUE
304
DO 947 I=2 ,MM
305
IF(F(I,NN) .LT.O.75)
GO TO 947
306
RV(I,N+3)= (S3/(2.*TK3*S*B))+(I./(2.*TK*B))
307
947 CONTINUE
308
DO 950 J=3,NN
309
IF(F(2,J).LT.O.25) GO TO 949
310
RH(2,j)=(S2/(2.*TKZ*S*B))+(I./(2.*TK*B))
311
949 CONTINUE
312 "---_'DO 950 I=3,MM
313
IF(F(I,J).LT.EPS) GO TO 950
314
RH(I,J)=(I./(TK*B))
950 CONTINUE
315
316
IF(KCOUNT.EQ.KCHK) GO TG 6
317
KCOUNT=KCOUNT+I
318
GO TO 7
319
6 WRITE(6,66) TIME, QWAX, ERROR
320
66 FORMAT(IX ,5HTIME= ,El5.8,lOX ,5HQWAX=,El5.8 ,lOX,6HERROR= ,El5.8)
321
DO 313 J=3,NN
322
AJ=J-3
BJ=J-2
323
324
IF(F(2,J).GT.F2JM) DFLO=(Bj*S*I2.0)
325
DFIN=(AJ*S*I2.0)
326
IF(F(2,J).LT.EPS) GO TO 314
327
313 CONTINUE
328
314 DO 315 J=3,NN
329
AJ=J-3
330
IF(F(MM,J).LT.I.O) DMID=((AJ*S)+(F(MM,J)*S))*I2.O
331
IF(F(MM,J).LT.I.O) GO TO 316
332
315 CONTINUE
333
316 WRITE(6,67) DFIN, DFLO, DAVG, DMID
212

334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367

67 FORMAT(IX,5HDFIN=,EI5.8,10X ,5HDFLO:,El5.8,10X,5HDAVG: ,El5.8,10X,SH


DMID= ,E15.8)
DDOT=(DMID-DMO)/DT
DMO=DMID
WRITE(6,68) RA, TKR, QMELT, DDOT
68 FORMAT(1X,3HRA=,El5.8,10X,4HTKR=,El5.8,10X,6HQMELT= ,El5.8,10X,5HDD
OT:,EI5.8)
WRITE(6,77) QBW, QSW, QTW, QBT, RATIO
77 FORMAT(IX,4HQBW=,El5.8,3X,4HQSW= ,El5.8,3X,4HQTW= ,El5.8,3X,4HQBT=,E
15.8,3X ,6HRATI0=,EI5.8)
WRITE(6,88)
88 FORMAT(2X,IHI,2X,IHj,IOX,IIHTEMPERATURE,IOX,15HFRACTION MELTED,IOX
,lIHENERGY RATE,IOX,13HENERGY STORED)
DO 320 J=2,NJ
DO 320 I=l,MM
WRITE (6,99)I ,J,T2(I,J),F(I,J),QRAT(I,J),QS(I,J)
99 FORMAT(IX,12,1X,12,8X,EI5.B,8X,EI5.8,8X,EI5.8,8X,EI5.8)
320 CONTINUE
KCOUNT=I
7 QBW=O .0
QSW:O.O
QTW=O.0
QTOP=O .0
QTTR=O .0
QFTR=O .0
DO 330 J=2,NJ
DO 330 I=I,MM
330 TI(I,J)=T2(I,J)
JOE=I
IF(TIME.LT.TAU) GO TO 3
8 WRITE(6,111) MCOUNT
Ill FORMAT(IX,13)
STOP
END

213

D.2.

DESCRIPTION

OF PROGRAM

NOTATION

AJ

J-3, used in computing

AM

value of integer

length

BETA

volume

BJ

J-2, used in computing

C(I,J)

thermal

CL

constant

pressure

specific

heat

of wax,

Btu/lbmF

CP

constant

pressure

specific

heat

of wax,

Btu/lbmF

CP1

constant

pressure

specific

heat

of bottom

CP2

constant

pressure

specific

heat

of fin,

CP3

constant

pressure

specific

heat

of top plate,

DAVG

average

DDOT

interfacial

DELT

absolute
interface,

DEN

wax density,

lbm/ft a

DENI

bottom

density,

DEN2

fin density,

DEN3

top plate

DFLO a

approximate
interfacial
location
for nodes
amount melted being equal to F2JM, in.

DFIN

interfacial
position
being melted, in.

214

M converted

of section,

of wax,

capacitance

point

R "1

of node

velocity

plate

to floating

interface

of liquid

value
F

location

ft

expansivity

height

interface

of

(I,J),

based

for nodes

location
Btu/F

plate,

Btu/lbmF

on amount
adjacent

temperature

Btu/lbmF

Btu/lbmF

melted,

to centerline

difference

in.
(I = MM), in./h

between

bottom

plate

and

lbm/ft

lbm/ft a
density,

lbm/ft 3

for nodes

adjacent

adjacent

to fin (I = 2) based

to fin (I = 2) based

on any

on

amount

DIF

temperature
difference
during
iteration
when
temperatures,
o F.

DMID

interfacial

DMO

DMID

DT

time increment,

EPS

arbitrarily

ERROR

percent

F(I,J)

mass fraction
of process

FAC

time ratio used in linearly


interpolating
particular
time in terms of bracketed
data

F2JM

fraction

acceleration

PCM section

HBOTz

heat

position

evaluated

used in comparing
solving steady state

for node

at previous

time,

to centerline,

in.

in.

h.

set small number


error

adjacent

new and old temperatures


equations
for unspecified
fin

in computed
of node

of S which

transfer

energy

(I,J)

ft/h

balance

which

corresponds

of gravity,
height

used as a comparator
based

on transfer

has undergone

to

phase

specified
values.

fin

rates,

change

percent.

since start

temperatures

at a

1/32 in. (arbitrary)

(see Fig. 40), ft.

coefficient

between

external

fluid

and

bottom

plate,

Btu/h_ft 2-F
HMELT

heat

of fusion,

Btu/lbm

HTOP a

heat

transfer

HTR

heat

of transition,

integer

coefficient

between

external

fluid and top plate,

Btu/h-ft2-F

Btu/lbm.

designation

of vertical

designation

of

column

in which

a mode

is located

(see

in which

a mode

is located

(see

Fig. 40)
integer

horizontal

row

Fig. 40)
JOE

counter
in time

KCHK

integer used to control


of KCOUNT)

used in refining

the

heat

printing

transfer

computation

of results

at desired

before

times

progressing

(see definition

215

KCOUNT

integercounterusedto print our resultsat timeswhenKCOUNT= KCHK

numberof wax nodesin a horizontalrow

MCOUNT

counterusedin determiningunspecifiedfin temperatures

MFIN

maximum value of MCOUNTwhich when exceededcausesprogramto


stop

MM

M+I (seeFig. 40)

numberof wax nodesin a verticalcolumn

ND

numberof datapointsfor measuredfin temperatures

NDP

ND-1

NI

N+4

NJ

N+3

NN

N+2

PR

Prandtlnumber

Q(I,J)

unnecessary
variable-- replacedwhereneededby QS(I,J)

QBT

instantaneous
heat transferratethroughbottom, Btu/h

QBW

instantaneous
heat transferrate throughbottom to wax only, Btu/h

QFTR

instantaneous
rate of heat transferto fin, Btu/h

QMELT

energywhichaccnuntsfor amountof wax meltedat any time, Btu

QRAT(I,J)

the instantaneous
net rate of heattransferto nodeI,J, Btu[h

QS(I,J)

the energystoredby node I,J aboveTREF for wax andabove0 for metal
nodes,Btu

QSIN

the energy stored by node l,J above TREF correspondingto initial


temperaturethroughoutnetwork, Btu

QSW

instantaneous
heat transferrate from fin to wax, Btu/h

216

TIME

instantaneous

TIN

initial

TK

wax

value of time,

temperature
thermal

h.

of all nodes,

conductivity

for convection),

(artificially

allowed

to account

Btu/h-ft-F

TKL

thermal

conductivity

TKR

ratio

TMELT

fusion

TREF

arbitrary

TTR

transition

TI(I,J)

temperature

of node

I,J at time t, F

T2(I,J)

temperature

of node

I,J at time t+At,

T3(I,J)

temperature
of node 1,J in fin at beginning
finding steady state solution, F

TAU2

arbitrarily

TK1

thermal

conductivity

of bottom

TK2

thermal

conductivity

of fin, Btu/h-ft-F

TK3

thermal

conductivity

of top plate,

TIM(L)

time value

TM 1(L)

measured

TM2(L)

first measured

TM3(L)

second

TM4(L)

third

VIS

viscosity

of effective

of liquid,

thermal

temperature

Btu/h-ft-F

conductivity

to thermal

conductivity

of wax, F

reference

temperature

temperature,

defined

bottom

(should

time value

plate

plate,

control,

Btu/h-ft

data

temperature

fin temperature

of each iterative

step used in

h.

-F

Btu/h-ft-F

to input

fin temperature

of liquid,

TIN),

used in print-out

fin temperature

measured

be less than

corresponding

measured

to vary in liquid

of measured

(input

(input

data),

(input
(input

data),

data),
data),

fin temperatures,

F
F

lbm/h-ft

217

VI

volumeof wax meltedat time t, ft a

V2

volumeof wax meltedat time t+At,

width

1. This

assumes

of wax cell, ft

that

some

detectable
on the film. The
any amount melted.
2. This was included
to be
temperatures
were specified
3. This has been
being insulated.

218

ft a

included

but

finite
number

thickness
DFIN

general
but has
as input data.

must

have
is the height

not

set at a small value

been

melted
before
it could
be
corresponding
to a node with

used

to essentially

to date

as bottom

correspond

to the

plate

top

D.3.

those

DISCUSSION

OF COMPUTER

In the following discussion,


references
designated
on the copy of the program.

LINES

PROGRAM

are made

FOR MELTING

to line numbers

corresponding

to

DISCUSSION

1-4

required
dimension
statements
for subscripted
variables;
values should be
(MM, NI) for all double
subscripted
variables
except
T3 for which they
should
be (1, NJ); values should be ND for single subscripted
variables.
NOTE: Q(MM,NI) is superfluous
and can be omitted with lines 136-140.

5 -23

specification

of computational

24-54

specification

of physical

55-63

specification

of geometry

64--82

computation

of all vertical

83 -95

computation
of all horizontal
thermal resistance values RH(I,J);note
that line
95 is a special definition
which amounts
to bypassing node (1,N+3)
which
was done to overcome
stability
criterion
required by this small corner node

96--108

computation

109-112

computation
of energy stored by a wax node relative to TREF for the start
and end of phase transition
and the start and end of fusion, respectively

113--144

initialization
of pertinent
quantities;
the initial value of tile stored energy
depends
on the relationship
of the initial temperature
to the reference
temperature
TREF;
note that lines 136- 140 are superfluous
and can be
omitted;
some initialization
of certain
parameters
is done in the DO loop
between lines 160 and 172 which are set primarily
to avoid random
printout
and are not essential to the computation
done in the heart of the program

145-150

input
data
corresponding

151--172

printout
computed

173 -174

initially
defines T3(I,J)
temperatures
T 1(l,J)

of all nodal

parameters

properties
parameters
thermal

capacitance

values fm measured
time values

of initial
quantities

resistance

values

fin

and

values

C(I,J)

bottom

values for checking


purposes
for informational
purposes
for all fin nodes

RV (I,J)

and

plate

and

sets these

temperatures

printout

equal

and

of certain

to the initial

219

175

beginningof maincomputationscheme

176

time is stepped

177-188

loops which compute


and
based on old temperatures
given by

q(l,J)

forward

by At
store the net rate of heat transfer
to nodes (l,J)
TI(I,J);
the rate of heat" transfer
to node (I,J) is

+ T(I+I,J)-T(I,J)
RH(I,J)

= T(I-I,J)-T(I,J)
RH(I,J)

+ T(I,J-I)-T(I,J)
RV(I,J)

this expression
must be modified
accordingly
which are not surrounded
by four neighbors
189-191

computation
g_en by

Qstored

192-193

computation

T2(I,J)

of totM

energy

stored

by

node

+ T(I,J+I)-T(I,J)
RV(I,J+I )

for nodes

(I,J)

since

near

a boundary

the start

which

is

2., _At
tirr.e

of new

= TI(I,J)

top

plate

temperatures

T2(I,N+3)

from

the expression

_t(l,J)At
C(I,J)

194

sets the corner plate node (1,N+3) temperature


equal to that
node (2,N+3);
omission of the corner node in the computation
done to avoid stability problems
due to its small size

195-208

computation
of new wax node temperatures
from the energy stored by the
nodes and their
capacity
and/or
phase change enthalpy
values; when the
stored energy lies between
Q1 and Q2 the new temperature
is forced to be
the transition
temperature
and when it lies between
Q3 and Q4 the new
temperature;
is forced to be the fusion temperature;
also the fraction of the

of the second
scheme was

node which has undergone


phase change is calculated
from the relationship
of the stored energy to Q3 and Q4, note that certain designated
cards need
to be changed
when running
the program
for freezing
as contrasted
to
melting
209-210

220

beginning

of determination

of fin temperatures

211-212

all

new

fin

temperatures

are

set

to

T3(I,J)

which

simply

represents

an

assumed value always corresponding


to the previously
computed
value except
at the very beginning at whicb time it is set as the initial temperature
213--220

interpolation
scheme which assigns new temperatures
to the three nodes on
the fin and one on the bottom
plate corresponding
to positions
where
temperature
measurements
were made; the new temperatures
are linearly
interpolated
from the input data

221-222

assigns

223

beginning of iteration
process to determine
unspecified
fin temperatures
from
steady state equation;
fin nodes were not treated
as transient
cases due to
their
extremely
small capacitances
that
would
impose
a severe stability
criterion

224 -237

iteration
process
used to determine
unspecified
fin temperatures;
in each
iteration,
T2(1,J)
is computed
from
steady
state
equations
and
then
compared
with T3(1,J)
which corresponds
to the calculated
temperatures
during
the previous
iterative
step; the interation
is continued
until the
differences
between
computed
fin temperatures
and their
corresponding
values for the previous
iterative
step are all acceptably
small; should the
iteration
exceed MFIN counts the program is directed
to stop

238

when
counter
JOE
equals
2,
considered
to be the solution
advances to line 259

239

increase

240-242

the energy stored at each node (l,J) is reset back to its original value; this is
to allow for an improved
computation
of the net heat transfer
rate to each
node to be made and then a recomputation
of the stored energy and the
corresponding
new temperatures

243-254

computation
T2

255-257

calculation
of net heat
based on old temperatures

258

return
to line 189 which consists of redirecting
the computation
through
that of computing
improved
new temperatures,
energy storage values, and
fractional
melted values by using the improved
(averaged)
heat transfer
rate
(Lines 255-257);
this corrective
technique
is only employed
once

all nodes

along

of counter

of net

the

bottom

plate

the

same value

the new temperatures


at the particular
time

of new

temperature

at all nodes
are
and the program

JOE to 2

heat

transfer

rate

to each

node

using

transfer
rate to each node as the
TI and new temperatures
T2

new

temperatures

.:verage

of that

221

2594278

computation
of various
obtained at time t+At

279-282

computation

of volume

of melted

283

computation

of average

liquid depth

284

computation

of energy

285-286

resetting

287

determination
of absolute
value
plate and the fusion temperature

288

computation

of the Prandtl

289-290

computation

of the Rayleigh

291-293

determination
correlations

294

computation

295-315

recomputation
of thermal
thermal conductivity
rather

316

counter
check
which
controls
printing
computation
of interfacial
position

317

counter

advance

318

by-pass

of printing

319-320

write

321-332

computation
centerline

333-335

write

336--337

calculation
of interfacial
velocity and renaming interfacial
for determining
its change at the next time step

338-351

write

222

of V1 and

heat

transfer

required

V2 for next

quantities

from

from

the volume

statement

statement

statements

of

melted

to melt the wax which

has melted

time step
of temperature

difference

between

bottom

number
number

of effective

results

temperatures

wax

of effective
liquid conductivity
of O'Toole and Silveston
of ratio

the new

liquid

due

conductivity

to convection

to actual

resistances
in the liquid
than the actual value

except

when

for printing

results

interface

position

for printing

results

and corresponding

for

out

by

using

value

using

of desired

by

the

results

effective

as

well

as

line 316 is executed

columns

formats

next

for printing

to

fin

and

position

results

next

to

to provide

352--358 reinitializationof pertinentquantitiesfor next time step


359-361

setting new temperaturesfor current time step to be old temperaturesfor


the next time step

361

reinitializationof counter

363

comparisonof time to upper limit value which when exceededresultsin


stoppingthe program

364-365

printing out of valueof counterusedin fin temperatureiteration

366

STOP

367

END

223

SPECIFY

PARAMETERS

I _._,.,_,_
_o,_,ON_.
_oI

I '-'_'

LINE 176
STATEMENT

I'''''''''''"

EVALUATE
ENERGY STORED
NODE (I,J) FROI_I _(13)

BY |

VALUES EXCEPT FOR FINS AND


I COMPUTER BOTTOM
T2 FROM PLATE
ENERGY STORED

I_-, !
!
I

,
COMPUTE HEAT TRANSFER
i
RATES FROM T2 VALUES _l'(l_J)
ym

NO

;- J

DETERMINE
OEPENDENT QUANTITIES
VARIOUS HEAT TRANSFER VALUES
iNTERFACIAL
POSITIONS

I
I

YES

RESISTANCES
IN LIQUID
RECOMPUTE THERMAL

O
PRINT

RESULTS

JOE -T2(I_J)
1
TI(I,J)-

I _TO,i
Figure D-1.
224

Skelton

flow chart.

t
I

D.4.
C

COMPUTER

PROGRAM

TEST
230-15
DIPIENSION
1,31)

FREEZE
RVi5a31),

DIMENSION
l(Sa3t)

T2(5,31),

r(5,3t},

DIMENSION

TM1(25),

TM2(25I,

pIMENSION
COMPUTATIONAL
N=27

VR(Sa31)a
PARAMETERS

TEBT
3/4
RH(Ss31)s

FOR

SOLIDIFICATION

INCH
CELL
C(5J31)s
ORAT(S,31),
TH3(25)$

O5(5_31)s

T1(5

T3(Is31),QRA2
TM4(25)s

TIM(25)

HR(Sa31)

AM=H
NNmN+2
NJiN3
NI=N+4
NO=23
NDP=22
TAU=I,5
KCO_NT=I
MCOjNT=I
HFINmSO0
EPS=I,E'06
KCH<=1900
JOE't
OT'O,O0005
TAU2=IIO,_OT)(DT/3,)
AR=_O,
C

UN=I=O'EP$
PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES
TAMSm80,
TIN'IO0,
_TOP=toEOB
HBOT=5=
G=(32e17_3600'_3600,)
WAX
0EN=47,2
TK=O=087
C_=0=5
TTR=73=O_
HTRu2_=t08
THE_T=89,8
H_EET=73=357
TRER=50=
BET&=O,O0045
VIS=l_e3
C_';P
TKL=TK
BOTTOM
PLATE
0EN1=171,
T<1=93'
CPt=0.22

DENOTED

BY

225

FIN

DENOTED
DEN2-%71.
T<2=93.

BY

CP2=0.22
PLATE
DENOTED
BY
3
DEN3=72*5
TK3=O,09
CP3=0.33
GEOMETRY
PARAMETERS
w=Oo75/%E,O
H=2*625/12'0
B=5o0/%2,0
SmW/[2o_AM)
S1=O'O32/%E*O
S2=0*008/12.0
S3=0.25/%2.0
F2jM'%oO/(32.0_S_12.0)
VERTICAL
RESISTANCES
RV{I_2)=(Si/(TKI_S2*B)I*(2,/{HBOT*S2_B})
DO
10 I-2JMM
10
RVIIsE)=(S%/iE.*TKI*S*B))+(I./(HBOT_S*B))

TOP

RV(ts3)=(S/(TKE_S2,B))(St/(TK%*B2_B))
DO 20
I-2sMM
20

RV(I_B)=(%./(2._TK_B))+(S%/(2o_TK%_S_B))
O0 30
J=_J_
RV(Isd)=((E,mSl/(TK2mS2mS))
DO
_0 Jm*sNN
DO _0
I'2$MM
RV(IaJ)=(%*/(TK_B))
RV(%s_+3)=(S3/{TK3_S2_B)I(S/(TK2_B2_B)}
_0
50
I'2_MM
RV(Is__)
= (S3/(2,_TK3_S_B}}
RV(IsN+3}-(B3/(2,_TK3_S_B))(1,/(Eo_TK_8})

30

_0

;'
50

(lo/(HTOPm$_8))

RV(2_+_)=(S3/(2._TK3_B_(S+(S2/2*))))(%'/(HTOP_B_(S
1($2/2.)}})
C

HORIZONTAL
DO lO
70

80
90

226

_ODAL

RESISTANCES
I=2sMM

RH{I_2)
= {S/(TKt=St_B))
RH(I_+3)-(S/(TK_S3_B)}
DO
BO J=3_N_
O0
80 I=2_MM
RH(ZsJ)
- (I./(TK_B))
DO 90
J-3, NN
RH(E_J)=
(S2/(_.*TK2_S_6))
RH{E_2}-{(S2+S}/(2*_TKI_S%_B))
RH(2_+3)=RH(2_N+3I+RV($_N3}
CAPACITANCES
C(%_2)-((DENI_SI_S2_B_CPI)/2.)
DO
110
I-2_MM

(1./(2._TK_8})

C(IJ 2)=(OENI_SI*S_B_CPt)
DO I 20 J=3aNN
120 C(I_ J)=((DEN2*S2_S=B_CP2)/2,)
C(I_ N+3)=((DEN3*S2*S3*B*CP3)/Z=)
DO I 30 Im2sMM
130 C(I_ N+31=(DE
N3_S3_S*B*CP3)
C(2a N+3)=($3
*B_(S+(S2t2,))_DEN3_CP3|
DO I $0 Jm31N N
DO 1 _0 I=2oM M
CII, J)m(DEN*
QI (C(2_3)
_(TTR=TREF))
Q2mQ I((DEN,
Q3 Q2 + (( CI2s3))_ITMELT-TTR))
Q_BQ 3+((DEN_
Qu_NTITIE_
INIT
ZATIQN
OF PERTINENT
TIME =0=0
Q_AX=O*O
OB_-O,O
OS_-O,O
QTw=O'O
QTOP=O.O
QFTR=O,O

110

%50

160

tTO

V1"O'O
V2"O'O
DMO'O,O
DO 150 J-21NJ
DO 150
I-I_MM
Tt(I_jI'TIN
I;tTI _,LT.TTR)QSI_-ICI2_3)=ITIN'TREF})
QSIN-Q_+ICIZ_3I*ITIN
IF(TI N.GT.TTR.AND.TIN.LT.TMELT)
-TTR)
)
IF(TI N.OT.TMELT)QSIN=Q_IICI2_3))_ITZN-TMELT))
DO 160 I=I_MM
TIII_N_)mTAMB
DO 170 j=3_NN
DO 170 I=2_MM
_SII_J)-QSIN
03 199 J=2_NI
DO tg_ I-I_M
Fll_J)-O,O
QRA/(I_J)=O,O
I=%_ND)
I-I_ND)
READIS_II}
(TM211)_
I=i_ND)
I-t_NO)
I=I_ND)
FORMAT(8FIO,O)
DO 9%0 KTC=%_
ND
TIMIKTC)-TIM(KTC)/3_O0,
wRITE(6_22)
TI_E_M_N_M

227

22

FORMAT(IXsSHTI_Em_Ei5,BaiOXs_H_msEi5,8_iOXa2MH=aEiS,8
i_iOXs2MN-_I2stSX_EHM=aI2)
WRITE(6a33}@%s@_jQ3_G_
33 FORMAT(IXs3MQ%'sEIB,B_IOX_3HQ2-_EIb,_sIOX_3MQ3=_EISo8
iIIOX13MG_=lEiS.B)
wRITE(6s_!
FORMAT(2XJ_MI
JsSx_%gHVERTICA6
RESI_TANCEs6X
I$2%HHORIZONTAL
RESISTA_CEJ6X_%7HNODAL
CAPACITANCEa6X
2sI%HTEMPERATUREs5xslFIQS(I_J))
O0 200 Q-2sNI
DO 200 I-i_MM
IF(J,E_,N+_}
GO TO 1
GO TO 2
I QSII_J}=O,O
RH( IsJ)-1.E08
C(I _J)=O.O
2 IF( I,EQ,II
RH(I_J)-%,EO8
IF( J,EQ,2,0R,j,EQ,N3)
QSII_J)-O,O
IF( I,Eu,I)
QSllsJ)=O,O
wRI TE{6s55)IsJ_RVII_J)_RHII_J)_CII_J)_T%{I_JI_Q$II_J)
55 FOR _ATI%x_I2_%X_I2_SX_EIB,_IOX_E%5,8_IOX_EIB,B_6X
200

CON TIthE
DO _OO J=3_NJ
DO _00 I=2_MM
VR(IsJ)=RV(Isj)
NO0 MR( IsJ)m_H{I_J)
DO
_89 T3( I_J}-TII%_J)
COMPUTA TIO_
SECTION
COMPUTATION
SECTION
COMPUTATION
SE CTI_N
3 TI_ _=TIMEDT
DO
ORA T(I_J)=((TI(2_J)=TI(I_J|)/RH(_sJ)I+((TI(IsJ=I|=TI|I
)IRV(%_J))((TI{I_J%)-TI{I_J)}/RV(IaJ%))
QRA T(MM_J)={(TI{M_J)-T%{MM_J))/RH(MMsJ))+{(T%(HM_J-I)
l-TZ
2+1) )
TI_UE
IF(
DO 211 J=3_NJ
00
T(I_J)-((T%(I-%_J}=TI(I_J])/RH(I_J}}+((T%(II_J)-TI
J))/RH{I+%_J))*((T%(I_J'I)-T%{I_J))/RV(I_J))*((TI(I
2_J %}'TI(I_J})/_V{I_JI}}
211 CO_ TI_uE
212
DO 220
J'3_J
DO 2_0
I=%_M
220
QS{ I_Q}=QS(I_J)(QRAT(I_J)_DT)
PO 2_0
I=2_F_
2_0 T2{

228

C
C

C
C

C
C
C

C
C

T2(1sN3)-T212_N3)
DO 250 J-3JNN
DO 250
I-2sMM
IF(_S(IsJ),LT,_I)
T2(IsJ)-TREF+(QS(IaJ)/C(IsJ))
IF(_S(I_j},GE._I,AND,OS(IsJ),LE,Q2)
TZtI_J)=TTR
IF(_S(I_J},GT,O2,AND,_S(I_J),LT,Q3}
T2(I_J)=TTR+((gS(Z
l_J)-Q2)/C(Zsjl)
IF(;S(IJJ).GE.g3.AND,QS(I_J).LE,Q41
T2(I_J)=T_ELT
wHEN 30ING
FROm MELT TO FREEZE
Oh VICE'VERSA
CHANGE THE
FOLLOWING
CA
I=(_S(I_J)._T'Q3,AND,QS(I_Ji,LT,Q_I
F(IaJ)-(Q_'QS(I
I_J))/(DEN_KS_2)_3*HMELT)
IF(_S(IsJ)eGE,Q_)
_(IaJ)=O,O
IF(QS(I_J}.GT.o_)
T2(IsJ)=TMELT+((OS(IsJ)'Q_I/C(ZaJ))
wHEN 30ING
FROM
MELT
TO FREEZE
OR VICE-VERSA
CHANGE THE
FOLLOWING
CA
IF(_S(I_J).LE,_3)
_(I_J)-1,0
250 CONTINUE
SPECIFICATION
ANO/OR
_ETERHIN_TION
OF FIN
TEMPERATURES
THE FOLLOWI_3
00 LOOP ASSJMES
FIN
TEMPERATURES
FOR
ITERATION
00 255 J=3_NN
255
T2(1/J)-T3(1sJ)
00 _60 L=IaNDP
IF(TIME,GE,TIM(L),AND,TIME'LE'TIM(L+I))
GO TO *
260
CONTINUE
F_C=(TIME-TIM(LI)/(TI_(Li)-TIM(L))
T2(t/2}-TMI(L)((TMI(L+t}-TM%(_}}_FAC)
T2(t_8)-TM2(L)((TM2(L+t)-TM2(_))mFAC)
T2(i_IS)-TM3(L)+((TM3(L+%I-TM3(L))_FAC)
T2(l_21)-TM_(L)+((TH_(L+lI-TM@(L))_FAC)
DO 270
I-I_MM
_70
T2(I_2)-T2($_2)
UNSPECIFIEO
FIN
TEMPERATURES
OETER_INEO
BY STEADY
STATE
EQUATIONS
_5_
MCOJNT=MCOUNT+I
DO _80 J=3_NN
T3(I_j)-T2(I_J)
IFCJ,EG,8,0R,J,EQ,15)
O0 TO 5
I_{J'EQ.21)
GO 10
TZ(I_J)'((T2(I_j-i)/Rv(t_J))(T2(2_J)/RHi2_J))iT_(I#J
II)/RV(I_JI)})/((I,/RV(I_JI)(I,/RM(2#J])+(t,/RV(t_J
2t))}
5 CONTINUE
280 CONTINUE
I_(MCOUNT,GT,MFINI
GO TO $
DO 281 J-3_NN
DIF=T2(I_J)'T3(I_J)
IF(ABS(DIF),GT,EPS}
_O TO 25_
281CONTINWE
IF(JOE,EQ,2}
_0 TO 285

229

_SB

282

283

2d#
2B5
,

_03

WOi
286
287

JOE-JOEI
DO 888
dm3sNJ
DO 88_
I-lsMM
QS(IsJJ-QS(IsJ)'{_RAT{IaJI_DT)
DO 282
J-3sNd
QRA2(I_J}-(IT2(2_JJ-T2(laJI)/R_t2sJ))+((T2(loJ'I)'T2(1
IsJ))/RV(IsJ)I+((T2(I_j+I)'T2(lsJ)I/RV(ls_+I)}
QRA2(MM_JIm((T2(Pi_J)-T2(MMs_|)/RH(MM_J))+((T2(HMsQ'I)
I-T2(M_$J))/RV(MH_j))+((T2(MMsJ+%I'T2(MM,
Q_|/RV(MMsJ
2+1l!
CONTINUE
IF(MoEQ,1IGO
TO 283
O0 Z83 Jm3_NJ
DO 283
I=2lM
Q_A2(IsJI-((T_(I-laJ)T2(I,J))/RM(IsJI}+((T2(I+lsJ}'T2
%(I_J}}/RH(II,JI}e((T2iI_J'iI'T2(IsJ)}/RV(I*JII((T2(I
2sJ+il'T2(IsJ))/RV(I_J+%})
CONTINUE
DO 2B_ J-3_NJ
O0 28_ I-i_MM
ORAT(IaJ)-(QRAT{I_J)QRA2(I_J))/2.Q
80 TO _12
MCO_NT=I
DO _01 j*3INJ
DO _tO% I"2_MM
IF(F(I_J)'GT'ERS.ANO'F(I_J)'LT'UN}
GO TO _OZ
IF{_(I_J}'GT'_N}
30 TO _03
QO TO #Oi
RV(I_J)=VR{I_J}
RH(I_J)-HR(I_j)
_0 TO _01

RV(I_JI)-VR(I_J+%)/A_
RH(I+I_J}-HR{II_J)/AF
CONTINUE
DO 286
I=I_MM
QRAT(I_2)-((T2(I,2)*T%(I_2})_C(I_2)/DT)
DO 287
I-%_MM
QS{I_2)-QS(I_2}+{C{I_2}_(T2(I_8)'T%(I_2}))
DO 290 I-2_MM
QBN={T2(I_2)=T_{I_3))/RV(I_3)QBW

290

30O
310
311

230

QBT=QB_((T2(%_2)=T2(I_3))/RV(I$3})
DO 300 J-3_NN
OSW'QSW+((T@(%_J)'T2(2_J))/RH{2_J})
DO 310
I-I_MM
QTDm-((T2(I_N3}-TANS)/RV(I_N_))+QTOP
DO 311J_3_NN
QFTR*QFTR+QRAT(I_J)
DO 312
I-I_M

312

QTTR=QTTR+QRAT(I_J)
Q_AX-{QBw+QTwQSW)_OT(QWAX)
RATIO=QSW/QB_
ERROR=((OBT-(QBW_SH+QTH+QTOP*;FTR*_TTR))_IOOeO)/QBT
DO 930 J=3sNN
DO 930
I=2_MM
VE=V2+(F{I_J)*(S_2)_B)
930
CONTINUE
OAV3=((2,O_V21/(W_BII_12,0
OMELT=I(V2"V1)_DEN_HMELT)tDT
QFREZ=gMELT
Vl'V2
VE=O'O
IF(KCOUNT,EO.KCHK)
O0 TO 6
KCOUNT=KCOUNTI
GO TO 7
6 WRITE(6s66)
TIME_
OWAXs ERROR
66 FORHAT(1XsSMTIHE=aE15,BaIOX_SH;WAX=sE15,_lOXn6HERROR=
lsE15,8)
DO 313 J=3_NN
AJ=J=3
BJ=J=2
%F{F(2_J),GT,F2_M)
DFLOntBJ_S_12,O)
DFIN=(Aj_S_12,01
IF(F(2_J),LT,ERS}
GO TO 31_
313
CONTINUE
31_
DO 315 j=3JNN
AJmJ=3
IF(F(MMsJ),LT,
1,0) DMIQ=((AJ_S)+(FIMM_J)_S})_12'O
IFIFIM_J),LT,
1,0) GO TO 316
315
CONTINUE
316
WRITE(6_67)
OF IN_ DFLO_ OAVOa
_MID
67 FORMAT(IXaSHDF
IN=sE15,8_lOXs5MDFLO=_E15,B_lOX_SHOAVg=
lsEIS,SsIOX_5HO
_I0=*E15'8)
DOOT=(DMIO'DMO
}/DT
DMO=DMID
WRITE(6_69)
QFREZ_
DDOT
6g FORMAT(IX_6HQFREZ-_EIS'B_lOX_SHOOOT=_Et5'S)
WRITE(6#77)
QBW_
@5W_ QTw_
QBT_
RATIO
77 FORMAT(1X_MQBW=_15,B_3X_HOSwm_E15'8_3X_HQTw=_E15'8
l_3X_MOBT=aE15,B_3X_6HR_TIOm_E15,a)
WR%TE(6_881
88 FORHATI2X_tMI_2XalHJ_IOX_lIMTEHPERATURE_lOX_I5HFR_CTIO
IN _ELTEO_lOX_llHENERGY
RATE_IOXaI3HENERGY
$TDREOI
DO 320 J=E_NJ
DO 320
I=t_MM
wRITE (6_ 99 } I_ J_ T2( I_ J)_F( I_ J }* ;RAT( I_j)_QS(I_J)
99 FORMAT( 1X_ I2_ 1X_ IE_ 8X_ 215'8_8X_
E15'8_
8X_15'
8_ 8X
1_E15,8)
320
CONTINUE
KCOUNT=I

23 1

7 QB_=O,O
QSh=O,O
QTw=O,O
QTQPaO.O
QTTR_O*O
QFTR=O,O
DO 330
JR2sNJ
DO 330
I=l_M
:330 T1 ( |a J) =T2(I,J)
JOE=I
I_(TZME,LT,TAOI
8 WRZTE(6_II_)
111 FO_MAT(lxsI3)
STOP
E_D

232

GO
_OU_T

TO

REFERENCES

Lorsch, H.: NSF Phase O; Feasibility


and Planning Study
B-9. Vol. 3, Book 1, NSF-RA-N-74-021C,
May 1974.

Final

Humphries,
W. R.:
D-7690, July 1974.

Capacitors.

Thermal

NASA

TN

Grodzka,
P. B.: Thermal
Control by Freezing and Melting;
on Space
Thermal
Control
Study.
Lockheed
Missiles
D148619,
NASA Contract
NAS8-21123,
May 1969.

Second Interim Report


and Space Company,

Chalmers,
B.: Principles
York, 1964.

Sons,

of Solidification.

John

Wiley

and

New

York,

New

Bailey, J. A. and Liao, C.: Thermal


Capacitor
Design Rationale;
Part I; Thermal
and Mechanical
Property
Data for Selected Material Potentially
Useful in Thermal
Capacitor
Design and Construction.
Final Report submitted
to NASA-MSFC under
Cooperative

Finned

Grodzka,
P. B. and Fan, C.: Thermal
Control
by Freezing
and Melting; First
Interim
Report
on Space Thermal
Control
Study.
Lockheed
Missiles and Space
Company,
A791342,
NASA Contract
NAS8-21123,
March 1968.

of

Appendix

Performance

Report.

Agreement

NCA8-52

with North

Carolina

State

University,

1975.

API 44 Tables,
Selected
Values of Properties
of Hydrocarbons
and Related
Compounds.
Volumes
I-IV, American
Petroleum
Institute
Research
Project
44,
Thermodynamics
Research Center, Texas A&M University,
June 1972.
Timmermans,
J.: Physico-Chemical
Elsevier Publishing Co., New York,

Constants
1965.

of Pure Organic

Compounds.

Vol. 2,

Research
and Development
Study
on Thermal
Control
by Use of Fusible
Materials.
Northrop
Corporation
Interim
Report
NSL 65-16 to NASA-MSFC
on
Contract
No. NAS 8-11163,
February
1965.

10.

Muehlbauer,
J. C. and Sunderland,
J. E.:
Melting.
Applied
Mechanics
Review,
vol.
951-955.

11.

Chapman,

12.

Rathjen,
Comer.

A. J.'

Heat

K. A. and
Trans.

Transfer.

Jiji,

ASME,

L. M.:

Second
Heat

J. Heat Transfer,

Heat Conduction
with
18, no. 12, December

Edition,

The

Macmillan

Conduction

with

February

1971.

Melting

Freezing
1965,

Company,
or Freezing

or
pp.

1967.
in a

0o

13.

Ozisk,
M. N.: Boundary
Textbook
Company,
1968.

Value

Problem

of

Heat

Conduction.

International

233

REFERENCES

(Continued)

14.

Funderlic,
R. E.: The Programmer's
Handbook,
AEC Research
and Development
Report
K-1729.
Union Carbide Corporation
Nuclear Division, February
9, 1968.

15.

Bentilla,
E. W.; Sterrett,
K. F.; and Karre, I,. E.: Research
and Development
Study
on Thermal
Control
by Use of Fusible
Materials.
Northrop
Space
Laboratories,
Final Report under Contract
No. NAS 8-11163,
NSL 65-16-1, April
1966.

16.

Hale, D. V.; Hoover, M. J.; and O'Neill, M. J.: Phase Change


NASA Contractor
Report
NASA
CR-61363
by Lockheed
Company,
September
1971.

17.

Rayleigh, Lord: On Convection


Currents in a Horizontal
Layer of Fluid, When the
Higher Temperature
is on the Under Side. Phil. Mag. and Journal of Science, vol.
32, no. 192, December
1916.

18.

Schmidt,
Chemical

E. and Silveston,
P. L.: Natural
Engineering
Progress Symposium

19.

Glober,
Confined
Transfer,

S. and Dropkin,
D.: Natural-Convection
by Two Horizontal
Plates and Heated
vol. 81, 1959.

20.

Silveston,
P. L.: Warmedurchgarg
Forsch Ing. Wes., vol. 24, 1958.

21.

Edwards,
D. K.: Suppression
of Cellular Convection
Heat Transfer,
Trans.
ASME,
Series C, vol. 91,
145-150.

22.

Sammuels,
Region

M.

Heated

R. and

Churchill,

from Below.

AICHe

Materials
Missiles

Handbook.
and Space

Convection
in Horizontal
Fluid
Series, vol. 55, no. 29, 1959.

Heat Transfer
in Liquids
From Below. Journal
of Heat

in Waagerechten

S. W.:
Journal,

Flussighkeitsschichten.

Stability
vol.

Layers.

Part

by Lateral Walls. Journal


no. 1, February
1969,

of a Fluid

13, no. 1, 1967,

1.

of
pp.

in a Rectangular
pp. 77-85.

23.

Davis, S. H.: Convection


in a Box,
vol. 30, part 3, 1967, pp. 465-478.

24.

Sun, W. M. and Edwards,


D. K.: Natural
Convection
in Cells with Finite
Conducting
Wide Walls Heated
from Below, Heat Transfer.
Fourth
International
Heat
Transfer
Conference,
vol. 4, paper
NC 23, Elsevier
Publishing
Co.,
Amsterdam,
1970. pp. 1-11.

234

Linear

Theory.

Journal

of Fluid

Mechanics,

REFERENCES

(Continued)

25.

Ostrach,
S. and Pmueli,
D.: The Thermal
Instability
Fluids Inside Some Particular
Configurations.
Journal
ASME, vol. 4, series c, November
1963, pp. 346-354.

26.

Sherman,
M. and Ostrach,
S.: Lower Bounds to the Critical Rayleigh Number in
Completely
Confined
Regions. Journal
of Applied Mechanics,
Trans. ASME, vol
34, series E, no. 2, June 1967, pp. 308-312.

27.

Catton,
I. and Edwards,
D. K.: Effect
of Side Walls on Natural
Convection
Between
Horizontal
Plates Heated from Below. Journal
of Heat Transfer,
Trans.
ASME, vol. 80, series c, no. 4, November
1967, pp. 295-299.

28.

Heitz, W. L. and Westwater,


J. W.: Critical
Rayleigh
Numbers
for Natural
Convection
of Water Confined
in Square Cells with L/D from 0.5 to 8. Journal of
Heat Transfer, Trans. ASME, May 1971, pp. 188-196.

29.

Gershuni,
G. Z. and
Fluid Layers Bounded

30.

O'Toole,
J. L. and Silveston,
Confined
Horizontal
Layers.
vol. 57, no. 32, 1961.

31.

Edwards,
D. K. and Catton,
I.: Prediction
of Heat
by Two Horizontal
Plates and Heated From Below.
81, 1959.

32.

Bernard,

Zhuklovitskii,
by Thermal

tt.: Les Tourbillion

La chaleur Par Convection


pp. 62-144.

of Completely
Confined
of Heat Transfer,
Trans.

E. M.: Convection
Instability
of Horizontal
Interaction.
PPM, vol. 32, no. 3, 1968.

P. L.: Correlation
of Convective
Heat Transfer
in
Ctiemical
Engineering
Progress
Symposium
Series,

Cellulaires
in Regime

Dans

Transfer
in Liquids Confined
Journal of tteat Transfer, vol.

Une Nappe

Permanent.

Ann.

Liquide
Chem.

Transport-Aut

Phy.,

de

vol. 23, 1901,

33.

Block,
M.
Deformation

34.

Pearson,
J. R. A.: On Convection
Mechanics, vol. 4, 1958.

35.

Scriven,
1960.

36.

Sternling,
C. V. and Scriven,
L. E.: Interfacial
Turbulence;
Hydrodynamic
Instability
and the Marangoni
Effect.
American
Institute
of Chemical
Engir,eers
Journal, December
1956.

J.:
Surface
in a Liquid

Tension
as
Film. Nature,

L. E. and Sternling,

the
vol.

Induced

Cause of Benard
Cells
178, September
1956.
by Surface

C. V.: The Marangoni

Tension.

Effects.

Nature,

and

Surface

Journal

of Fluid

vol.

187, July,

235

REFERENCES

Marangoni,
Young,
Vertical

C. S. M.: II Nuovo

Cimento

(Continued)

Journal,

series 2.516,

1872,

p. 239.

N. O.; Goldstein,
J. S.; and Block, M. J.: The Motion of Bubbles
Temperature
Gradient.
Journal of Fluid Mechanics, vol. 6, 1959.

39.

Gambrill,

40.

Hershey,

41.

McGrew,
J. L. and Larkin,
B. K.: Cryogenic
Liquid Experiments
in Orbit.
III. Bubble Mechanics.
Boiling Heat Transfer
and Propellant
Tank Venting
Zero Gravity Environment.
NASA Report CR 652, December
1966.

42.

Nields,
Journal

43.

Grodzka,
P. G.: Zero Gravity
Solidification.
NASA Contract
NAS8-21123,
March 1970.

4.

Tien,
Alloys.

W. R.: Surface

Tension

A. V.: The Physical

Review,

D. A.: Surface
Tension
of Fluid Mechanics, vol.

R. H. and
Trans.

Koump,

V.:

ASME Journal

for Pure

Liquids.

vol. 56, i939,

and Buoyance
19, 1964.

Effect

Chem.

of Heat Transfer,

Effects

Change
February

45.

Bannister,
T. C.: Heat Flow and Convection
Demonstration
Space Flight Center Internal Report, July 1971.

46.

Grodzka,
Convection
Lockheed

P.

G.; Fan, C.; and Hedden,


Demonstration
Experiments
Missiles
and
Space
Company

NAS8-25577,

September

R.

O.:
- Final
Report

April

1958.

p. 204.

Lockheed

of Density

Eng.,

in a

in Cellular

Final

or

Convection.

Report

the

D148619,

Solidification

1970, pp.
(Apollo

Vol.
in a

of

11-16.
14). Marshall

The Apollo
14 Heat Flow
Results
of Data
Analysis.
D225333,
NASA
Contract

1971.

47.

Prensner,
D. S. and
Spaces.
Proceedings
1972, pp. 339-368.

48.

Griggs, E. I.: Thermal


Capacitor
Study.
Research
Reports,
1971 NASA-ASEE
Summer Faculty Fellowship
Research Program, September
1971, pp. 208-220.

49.

Dyer, J. D.
Nonadecane
Measurements.
Engineering,

236

Hsu, G. R.: Thermal


Conveciton
in Laterally
Bounded
Air
of the Eighth
Southeastern
Seminar
on Thermal
Sciences,

and Griggs, E. I.: Study


and
Hexadecane
Including
Report
ME-49. Tennessee
June

1975.

of

the Solidification
and Melting of
Solid
Phase
Thermal
Conductivity
Technological
University,
College of

REFERENCES

(Concluded)

50.

Thomas,
L. J. and Westwater,
J. W.: Microscopic
Study of Solid-Liquid
Interface
During Melting and Freezing.
Chemical
Engineering
Progress Symposium
Series,
vol. 59, no. 41, 1963, pp. 155-164.

51.

Bailey, J. A. and Davila, J. R.: An Investigation


of the Solidification
of a Metal
and Two n-Paraffins
Using an Acoustic
Technique.
Applied Science Research,
no.
25, 1971, pp. 245-261.

52.

Bailey, J. A. and
No. 5. Submitted
Center, Huntsville.

53.

McAdams, W. H.: Heat


1954, p. 450.

54.

Powell, R. W. and Challar, A. R.: Thermal


Conductivity
Engr. Chem., vol. 53, no. 7, July 1961, pp. 581-582.

55.

Bailey, J. A. and Liao, C. K.: Thermal


Capacitor
Design
Thermal
Analysis.
Final Report
submitted
to NASA-MSFC
Agreement
NCA8-52 with North Carolina State University.

56.

Bentilla,
E. W. and Shlosinger,
A. P.: Research
and Development
Study
on
Thermal
Control
by Use of Fusible Materials.
Nortllrop
Corporation
Report
No.
NSL 65-16,
Interim
Report
under
Contract
NAS8-11163
to NASA-MSFC,
February
1965.

57.

Pizzolato, P. J. and Farmer,


Martin Marietta Corporztion,

58.

Young,
C.
Improvement

59.

Anonymous:
Study of Structural
Active Cooling and Heating tteat Sink Systems
for Space Shuttle.
McDonnell
Douglass Corporation,
MDC E0479, Octobe_ 197i

Liao, C.: Thermal


Capacitor
to Astronautics
LaboratolT,
Alabama,
1973.

T. K.;
Study,

Transmission.

Design Rationale.
hlterim
Report
George C. Marshall Space Flight

McGraw-Hill

R. A.: Phase Change


March 1973.

Series

in Chemical

of n-Octadecane.

Thermal

Harper,
_1. D.; and
Ingrain,
E.
Brown Engineering,
February
1973.

Engineering,

Rationale;
Part IIunder Cooperative

Control

H.:

Ind.

Development.

PCM-Heat

Transfer

237

TECHNICAL
I.

REPORT

NO.

NASA
a

2.

TP-

ACCESSION

REPORT

NO.

STANDARD

3.

RECIPIENT'S

S,

REPORT

TITLE

CATALOG

PAGE

N0,

1074

TITLE ANOSUBTITLE
A Desig- Handbook
Storage Devices

7.

GOVEIRNMENT

for Phase

Change

Thermal

Control

and Energy

6.

DATE

November

1977

PERFORMING

ORGANIZATION

8. PERFORM

AUTHOR(S)

William R. Humphries
and Edwin I. G,riggs*
9. PERFORMING
ORGANIZATION
NAMEANDADDRESS
George C. Marshall Space Flight Center
Marshall Space Flight Center, Alabama

CODE

NG ORGANIZATION

REPORt

M-230
O.

WORK

UNIT

11.

CONTRACT

13.

TYPE

NO,

OR GRANT

NO.

35812
OF

REPOR%&

PERIOD

COVERED

12. SPONSOmNO
AGENCYNAMEANDAOORESS
National

Aeronautics

Washington,

15.

SUPPLEMENTARY

Prepared
*Associate
18.

D.C.

and Space

Administration

Technical

20546

14.

Paper

SPONSCRING

AGENCY

CODE

NOTES

by Structures
Professor

and Propulsion
of Mechanical

Laboratory,

Engineering,

Science

and Engineering

Tennessee

Technological

University,

Cookeville,

TN.

ABSTRACT

This document
devices.
Fundamental
Performance
in zero3

_ives a comprehensive
survey
mechanisms
of heat transfer
and one-g fields are examined

of the thermal
aspects of phase change material
within
the phase change
device are discussed.
as it relates
to such a device. Computer
models

for phase change


materials,
with metal
fillers, undergoing
conductive
and convective
processes
are
detailed.
Using these models,
extensive
parametric data are presented
for a hypothetical
configuration
with a rectanl_tlar
phase change
housing,
using straight
fins as the filler, and paraffin
as the phase
change
material.
These
data are generated
o,,er a range of realistic
sizes, material
properties,
and
thermal
boundary
conditions.
A number
of illustrative
examples
are given to demonstrate
use of the
parametric
data. Also a complete
listing of phase change material
property
data are reproduced
herein
as an aid to the reader.

17.

KEY

WORDS

18,

DISTRIBUTION

STAR

19.

SECURITY

CLASSIF.

("_ thl=

eep_t_

20.

SECURITY

CLASSIF.

(of thl=

pale

STATEMENT

Category

34

21.

NO.

Unclassified

Unclassified

OF

PAGES

254

* For sale by the National Technical Information Service. Si}rlrl_f eld


*U.S.

GOVERN_,E:ff

PRINTI_;C

OFFICE:

1977

735-o78/45

22.

PRICE

$9.00
%/_r_n_a 22161

Вам также может понравиться